← Modeling catalog

Worked graphical examples

Three worked problems for every catalog entry: an analytical illustration, a two-condition comparison, and an interpolation prediction checked against the analytical response. Axes show physical units or stated dimensionless normalizations.

Schrödinger model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A particle is confined by infinite walls at x = 0 and L. Find the normalized ground-state probability density. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Probability density × L (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

L∣ψ1∣2=2sin⁡2(πx/L)L|\psi_1|^2=2\sin^2(\pi x/L)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.690983,q(b)=0.690983q(a)=0.690983,\quad q(b)=0.690983Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.690983−(0.690983)=3.33067×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.690983-\left(0.690983\right)=3.33067\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.690983, and at B to obtain 0.690983. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3.33067e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Schrödinger model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Probability density × L (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Change in Probability density × L (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 3.331e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 3.33067e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.690983)−(0.690983) = 3.33067e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.33067e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Particle-in-a-box model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A particle is confined by infinite walls at x = 0 and L. Find the normalized ground-state probability density. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Probability density × L (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

L∣ψ1∣2=2sin⁡2(πx/L)L|\psi_1|^2=2\sin^2(\pi x/L)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.690983,q(b)=0.690983q(a)=0.690983,\quad q(b)=0.690983Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.690983−(0.690983)=3.33067×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.690983-\left(0.690983\right)=3.33067\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.690983, and at B to obtain 0.690983. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3.33067e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Particle-in-a-box model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Probability density × L (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Change in Probability density × L (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 3.331e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 3.33067e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.690983)−(0.690983) = 3.33067e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.33067e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Dirac model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a free massive Dirac particle, evaluate the positive-energy branch versus momentum. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Momentum p / mc (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy E / mc² (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

E/(mc2)=1+(p/mc)2E/(mc^2)=\sqrt{1+(p/mc)^2}a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=1.16619,q(b)=2.6q(a)=1.16619,\quad q(b)=2.6Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.6−(1.16619)=1.43381\Delta q(b)=2.6-\left(1.16619\right)=1.43381

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.16619, and at B to obtain 2.6. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.43381. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Dirac model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Momentum p / mc (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Energy E / mc² (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Momentum p / mc (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Change in Energy E / mc² (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 1.434)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 1.43381. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.6)−(1.16619) = 1.43381. The magnitude of the response change is 1.43381; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Born–Oppenheimer approximation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Approximate one Born–Oppenheimer potential-energy surface near its minimum by a spring of stiffness k. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Bond displacement / length scale (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy above minimum / kℓ² (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

(U−U0)/(kℓ2)=12q2,q=(R−Re)/ℓ(U-U_0)/(k\ell^2)=\tfrac12q^2,\quad q=(R-R_e)/\ella=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=0.72,q(b)=0.72q(a)=0.72,\quad q(b)=0.72Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.72−(0.72)=2.22045×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.72-\left(0.72\right)=2.22045\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.72, and at B to obtain 0.72. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.22045e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Born–Oppenheimer approximation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Bond displacement / length scale (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Energy above minimum / kℓ² (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Bond displacement / length scale (dimensionless) −0.8 −0.7 −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Energy above minimum / kℓ² (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 2.22e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 2.22045e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.72)−(0.72) = 2.22045e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 2.22045e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Local harmonic approximation on a single adiabatic surface; electronic crossings and nonadiabatic coupling are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hartree–Fock model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the normalized hydrogen 1s state for one electron in a Coulomb potential. Plot probability per radial interval. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Radius r / a₀ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Radial probability density × a₀ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.2 with condition B at x = 4.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

a0P(r)=4(r/a0)2e−2r/a0a_0P(r)=4(r/a_0)^2e^{-2r/a_0}a=1.2,b=4.8a=1.2,\quad b=4.8q(a)=0.522535,q(b)=0.00624188q(a)=0.522535,\quad q(b)=0.00624188Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.00624188−(0.522535)=−0.516294\Delta q(b)=0.00624188-\left(0.522535\right)=-0.516294

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.522535, and at B to obtain 0.00624188. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.516294. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hartree–Fock model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Radius r / a₀ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Radial probability density × a₀ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 Radius r / a₀ (dimensionless) −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Radial probability density × a₀ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.8, -0.5163)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.8, Δq = -0.516294. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.00624188)−(0.522535) = -0.516294. The magnitude of the response change is 0.516294; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Hartree–Fock is exact for this one-electron case. For DFT this is an exact-functional reference; approximate functionals need not reproduce it exactly. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Density functional theory (DFT) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the normalized hydrogen 1s state for one electron in a Coulomb potential. Plot probability per radial interval. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Radius r / a₀ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Radial probability density × a₀ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.2 with condition B at x = 4.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

a0P(r)=4(r/a0)2e−2r/a0a_0P(r)=4(r/a_0)^2e^{-2r/a_0}a=1.2,b=4.8a=1.2,\quad b=4.8q(a)=0.522535,q(b)=0.00624188q(a)=0.522535,\quad q(b)=0.00624188Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.00624188−(0.522535)=−0.516294\Delta q(b)=0.00624188-\left(0.522535\right)=-0.516294

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.522535, and at B to obtain 0.00624188. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.516294. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Density functional theory (DFT): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Radius r / a₀ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Radial probability density × a₀ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 Radius r / a₀ (dimensionless) −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Radial probability density × a₀ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.8, -0.5163)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.8, Δq = -0.516294. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.00624188)−(0.522535) = -0.516294. The magnitude of the response change is 0.516294; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Hartree–Fock is exact for this one-electron case. For DFT this is an exact-functional reference; approximate functionals need not reproduce it exactly. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Time-dependent DFT (TDDFT) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Consider a resonantly driven, noninteracting two-level reference starting in its lower state. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Rabi angle Ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Excited-state population (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

P2(t)=sin⁡2(Ωt/2)P_2(t)=\sin^2(\Omega t/2)a=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.345492,q(b)=0.345492q(a)=0.345492,\quad q(b)=0.345492Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.345492−(0.345492)=1.66533×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.345492-\left(0.345492\right)=1.66533\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.345492, and at B to obtain 0.345492. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.66533e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Time-dependent DFT (TDDFT): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Rabi angle Ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Excited-state population (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Rabi angle Ωt (radian) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Change in Excited-state population (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, 1.665e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = 1.66533e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.345492)−(0.345492) = 1.66533e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.66533e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Two-level rotating-wave reference for time-dependent electronic calculations; not a general TDDFT solution. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Tight-binding model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. An infinite one-orbital chain has nearest-neighbor hopping tₕ and zero on-site energy. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Wave number × lattice spacing ka (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Band energy / hopping tₕ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.88496 with condition B at x = 1.88496. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

E(k)/th=−2cos⁡(ka)E(k)/t_h=-2\cos(ka)a=−1.88496,b=1.88496a=-1.88496,\quad b=1.88496q(a)=0.618034,q(b)=0.618034q(a)=0.618034,\quad q(b)=0.618034Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.618034−(0.618034)=0\Delta q(b)=0.618034-\left(0.618034\right)=0

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.618034, and at B to obtain 0.618034. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Tight-binding model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Wave number × lattice spacing ka (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Band energy / hopping tₕ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Wave number × lattice spacing ka (radian) −2.5 −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Band energy / hopping tₕ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.885, 0)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.88496, Δq = 0. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.88496.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.618034)−(0.618034) = 0. The magnitude of the response change is 0; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hubbard model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Find the two-electron singlet ground energy of a two-site Hubbard dimer with hopping tₕ > 0 and repulsion U. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Repulsion U / hopping tₕ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Ground energy E₀ / tₕ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.4 with condition B at x = 9.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

E0/th=12[u−u2+16],u=U/thE_0/t_h=\tfrac12[u-\sqrt{u^2+16}],\quad u=U/t_ha=2.4,b=9.6a=2.4,\quad b=9.6q(a)=−1.13238,q(b)=−0.4q(a)=-1.13238,\quad q(b)=-0.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.4−(−1.13238)=0.732381\Delta q(b)=-0.4-\left(-1.13238\right)=0.732381

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -1.13238, and at B to obtain -0.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.732381. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hubbard model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Repulsion U / hopping tₕ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Ground energy E₀ / tₕ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Repulsion U / hopping tₕ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Change in Ground energy E₀ / tₕ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (9.6, 0.7324)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 9.6, Δq = 0.732381. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.4)−(-1.13238) = 0.732381. The magnitude of the response change is 0.732381; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Heisenberg spin model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Two classical unit spins interact through −J s₁·s₂ with J > 0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Relative spin angle θ (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy / exchange J (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.628319 with condition B at x = 2.51327. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

E/J=−cos⁡θE/J=-\cos\thetaa=0.628319,b=2.51327a=0.628319,\quad b=2.51327q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.809017−(−0.809017)=1.61803\Delta q(b)=0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=1.61803

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain 0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.61803. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Heisenberg spin model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Relative spin angle θ (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Energy / exchange J (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 Relative spin angle θ (radian) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 Change in Energy / exchange J (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.513, 1.618)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.51327, Δq = 1.61803. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.628319.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.809017)−(-0.809017) = 1.61803. The magnitude of the response change is 1.61803; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Classical two-spin special case; quantum spin spectra require a different treatment. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Ising model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A single spin s = ±1 has energy −hs at inverse temperature β. Find its thermal mean. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Field / thermal energy βh (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Mean spin (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

⟨s⟩=tanh⁡(βh)\langle s\rangle=\tanh(\beta h)a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=−0.946806,q(b)=0.946806q(a)=-0.946806,\quad q(b)=0.946806Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.946806−(−0.946806)=1.89361\Delta q(b)=0.946806-\left(-0.946806\right)=1.89361

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.946806, and at B to obtain 0.946806. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.89361. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Ising model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Field / thermal energy βh (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Mean spin (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Field / thermal energy βh (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Mean spin (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, 1.894)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = 1.89361. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.946806)−(-0.946806) = 1.89361. The magnitude of the response change is 1.89361; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Quantum harmonic oscillator · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use oscillator length ℓ = √(ℏ/mω) and find the normalized ground-state density. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / oscillator length ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Probability density × ℓ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ℓ∣ψ0∣2=π−1/2e−(x/ℓ)2\ell|\psi_0|^2=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(x/\ell)^2}a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=0.0220959,q(b)=0.0220959q(a)=0.0220959,\quad q(b)=0.0220959Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0220959−(0.0220959)=−6.93889×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0220959-\left(0.0220959\right)=-6.93889\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0220959, and at B to obtain 0.0220959. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -6.93889e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Quantum harmonic oscillator: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / oscillator length ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Probability density × ℓ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Position x / oscillator length ℓ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Probability density × ℓ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, -6.939e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = -6.93889e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0220959)−(0.0220959) = -6.93889e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 6.93889e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Classical molecular dynamics (MD) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take one isolated coordinate with potential kq²/2, initial displacement A, and zero initial velocity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time × natural frequency ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Bond displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q(τ)=cos⁡τq(\tau)=\cos\taua=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.309017,q(b)=0.309017q(a)=0.309017,\quad q(b)=0.309017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.309017−(0.309017)=−2.22045×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.309017-\left(0.309017\right)=-2.22045\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.309017, and at B to obtain 0.309017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -2.22045e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Classical molecular dynamics (MD): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time × natural frequency ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Bond displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Time × natural frequency ωt (radian) −1.4 −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Bond displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -2.22e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -2.22045e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.309017)−(0.309017) = -2.22045e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 2.22045e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Harmonic force benchmark for MD or locally harmonic ab initio dynamics; real many-atom trajectories are not generally sinusoidal. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Ab initio molecular dynamics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take one isolated coordinate with potential kq²/2, initial displacement A, and zero initial velocity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time × natural frequency ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Bond displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q(τ)=cos⁡τq(\tau)=\cos\taua=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.309017,q(b)=0.309017q(a)=0.309017,\quad q(b)=0.309017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.309017−(0.309017)=−2.22045×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.309017-\left(0.309017\right)=-2.22045\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.309017, and at B to obtain 0.309017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -2.22045e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Ab initio molecular dynamics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time × natural frequency ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Bond displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Time × natural frequency ωt (radian) −1.4 −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Bond displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -2.22e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -2.22045e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.309017)−(0.309017) = -2.22045e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 2.22045e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Harmonic force benchmark for MD or locally harmonic ab initio dynamics; real many-atom trajectories are not generally sinusoidal. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lennard–Jones potential · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Separation r / σ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.36 with condition B at x = 2.59. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]a=1.36,b=2.59a=1.36,\quad b=2.59q(a)=−0.532253,q(b)=−0.0132075q(a)=-0.532253,\quad q(b)=-0.0132075Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.0132075−(−0.532253)=0.519045\Delta q(b)=-0.0132075-\left(-0.532253\right)=0.519045

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.532253, and at B to obtain -0.0132075. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.519045. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lennard–Jones potential: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Separation r / σ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 Separation r / σ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.59, 0.519)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.59, Δq = 0.519045. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.36.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.0132075)−(-0.532253) = 0.519045. The magnitude of the response change is 0.519045; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

SPC/E water model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Separation r / σ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.36 with condition B at x = 2.59. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]a=1.36,b=2.59a=1.36,\quad b=2.59q(a)=−0.532253,q(b)=−0.0132075q(a)=-0.532253,\quad q(b)=-0.0132075Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.0132075−(−0.532253)=0.519045\Delta q(b)=-0.0132075-\left(-0.532253\right)=0.519045

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.532253, and at B to obtain -0.0132075. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.519045. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

SPC/E water model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Separation r / σ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 Separation r / σ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.59, 0.519)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.59, Δq = 0.519045. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.36.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.0132075)−(-0.532253) = 0.519045. The magnitude of the response change is 0.519045; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

TIP4P water-model family · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Separation r / σ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.36 with condition B at x = 2.59. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]a=1.36,b=2.59a=1.36,\quad b=2.59q(a)=−0.532253,q(b)=−0.0132075q(a)=-0.532253,\quad q(b)=-0.0132075Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.0132075−(−0.532253)=0.519045\Delta q(b)=-0.0132075-\left(-0.532253\right)=0.519045

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.532253, and at B to obtain -0.0132075. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.519045. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

TIP4P water-model family: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Separation r / σ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 Separation r / σ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.59, 0.519)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.59, Δq = 0.519045. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.36.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.0132075)−(-0.532253) = 0.519045. The magnitude of the response change is 0.519045; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Martini coarse-grained model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate an unshifted 12–6 pair potential at reduced separation r/σ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Separation r / σ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.36 with condition B at x = 2.59. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U/ε=4[(σ/r)12−(σ/r)6]U/\varepsilon=4[(\sigma/r)^{12}-(\sigma/r)^6]a=1.36,b=2.59a=1.36,\quad b=2.59q(a)=−0.532253,q(b)=−0.0132075q(a)=-0.532253,\quad q(b)=-0.0132075Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.0132075−(−0.532253)=0.519045\Delta q(b)=-0.0132075-\left(-0.532253\right)=0.519045

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.532253, and at B to obtain -0.0132075. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.519045. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Martini coarse-grained model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Separation r / σ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 Separation r / σ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Pair energy U / ε (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.59, 0.519)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.59, Δq = 0.519045. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.36.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.0132075)−(-0.532253) = 0.519045. The magnitude of the response change is 0.519045; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For water and Martini entries, this is only a Lennard–Jones interaction contribution; electrostatics, constraints, and other sites are not included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Morse potential · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate a Morse bond with its dissociation limit set to zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Bond extension a(r−rₑ) (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy U / Dₑ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.32 with condition B at x = 3.08. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U/De=[1−e−q]2−1,q=a(r−re)U/D_e=[1-e^{-q}]^2-1,\quad q=a(r-r_e)a=0.32,b=3.08a=0.32,\quad b=3.08q(a)=−0.925006,q(b)=−0.0898063q(a)=-0.925006,\quad q(b)=-0.0898063Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.0898063−(−0.925006)=0.835199\Delta q(b)=-0.0898063-\left(-0.925006\right)=0.835199

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.925006, and at B to obtain -0.0898063. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.835199. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Morse potential: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Bond extension a(r−rₑ) (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Energy U / Dₑ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Bond extension a(r−rₑ) (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Change in Energy U / Dₑ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.08, 0.8352)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.08, Δq = 0.835199. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.32.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.0898063)−(-0.925006) = 0.835199. The magnitude of the response change is 0.835199; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Embedded-atom method (EAM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose the illustrative embedding function F = −E*√(ρ/ρ*). Plot its density dependence. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Local density ρ / ρ* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Embedding energy F / E* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.808 with condition B at x = 3.202. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

F(ρ)/E∗=−ρ/ρ∗F(\rho)/E_*=-\sqrt{\rho/\rho_*}a=0.808,b=3.202a=0.808,\quad b=3.202q(a)=−0.898888,q(b)=−1.78941q(a)=-0.898888,\quad q(b)=-1.78941Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−1.78941−(−0.898888)=−0.890525\Delta q(b)=-1.78941-\left(-0.898888\right)=-0.890525

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.898888, and at B to obtain -1.78941. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.890525. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Embedded-atom method (EAM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Local density ρ / ρ* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Embedding energy F / E* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Local density ρ / ρ* (dimensionless) −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Embedding energy F / E* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.202, -0.8905)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.202, Δq = -0.890525. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.808.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-1.78941)−(-0.898888) = -0.890525. The magnitude of the response change is 0.890525; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative EAM-type embedding function; not a fitted material parameterization. MEAM angular screening and density corrections are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Modified embedded-atom method (MEAM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose the illustrative embedding function F = −E*√(ρ/ρ*). Plot its density dependence. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Local density ρ / ρ* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Embedding energy F / E* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.808 with condition B at x = 3.202. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

F(ρ)/E∗=−ρ/ρ∗F(\rho)/E_*=-\sqrt{\rho/\rho_*}a=0.808,b=3.202a=0.808,\quad b=3.202q(a)=−0.898888,q(b)=−1.78941q(a)=-0.898888,\quad q(b)=-1.78941Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−1.78941−(−0.898888)=−0.890525\Delta q(b)=-1.78941-\left(-0.898888\right)=-0.890525

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.898888, and at B to obtain -1.78941. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.890525. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Modified embedded-atom method (MEAM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Local density ρ / ρ* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Embedding energy F / E* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Local density ρ / ρ* (dimensionless) −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Embedding energy F / E* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.202, -0.8905)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.202, Δq = -0.890525. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.808.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-1.78941)−(-0.898888) = -0.890525. The magnitude of the response change is 0.890525; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative EAM-type embedding function; not a fitted material parameterization. MEAM angular screening and density corrections are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Tersoff bond-order potential · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. In a Tersoff-form pair term, hold cutoff and bond order at one and choose two exponential terms with coefficients 1 and 2. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Reduced separation q (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pair energy / E* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U/E∗=e−2q−2e−qU/E_*=e^{-2q}-2e^{-q}a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=−0.696761,q(b)=−0.0798629q(a)=-0.696761,\quad q(b)=-0.0798629Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.0798629−(−0.696761)=0.616899\Delta q(b)=-0.0798629-\left(-0.696761\right)=0.616899

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.696761, and at B to obtain -0.0798629. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.616899. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Tersoff bond-order potential: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Reduced separation q (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pair energy / E* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Reduced separation q (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Pair energy / E* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 0.6169)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 0.616899. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.0798629)−(-0.696761) = 0.616899. The magnitude of the response change is 0.616899; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Toy fixed-environment pair contribution; this excludes environment-dependent bond order and cutoff transitions. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Stillinger–Weber potential · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold the radial factor of a Stillinger–Weber three-body term fixed and vary the included angle. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Bond angle θ (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Angular energy / K (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.628319 with condition B at x = 2.51327. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U3/K=(cos⁡θ+1/3)2U_3/K=(\cos\theta+1/3)^2a=0.628319,b=2.51327a=0.628319,\quad b=2.51327q(a)=1.30496,q(b)=0.226275q(a)=1.30496,\quad q(b)=0.226275Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.226275−(1.30496)=−1.07869\Delta q(b)=0.226275-\left(1.30496\right)=-1.07869

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.30496, and at B to obtain 0.226275. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.07869. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Stillinger–Weber potential: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Bond angle θ (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Angular energy / K (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 Bond angle θ (radian) −1.4 −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Angular energy / K (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.513, -1.079)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.51327, Δq = -1.07869. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.628319.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.226275)−(1.30496) = -1.07869. The magnitude of the response change is 1.07869; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Angular contribution only, with fixed radial prefactor K > 0. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

ReaxFF reactive force field · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.18,q(b)=0.18q(a)=0.18,\quad q(b)=0.18Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.18−(0.18)=5.55112×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.18-\left(0.18\right)=5.55112\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.18, and at B to obtain 0.18. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.55112e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

ReaxFF reactive force field: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless) −0.200 −0.175 −0.150 −0.125 −0.100 −0.075 −0.050 −0.025 0.000 Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, 5.551e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = 5.55112e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.18)−(0.18) = 5.55112e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 5.55112e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

AMBER force-field family · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.18,q(b)=0.18q(a)=0.18,\quad q(b)=0.18Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.18−(0.18)=5.55112×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.18-\left(0.18\right)=5.55112\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.18, and at B to obtain 0.18. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.55112e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

AMBER force-field family: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless) −0.200 −0.175 −0.150 −0.125 −0.100 −0.075 −0.050 −0.025 0.000 Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, 5.551e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = 5.55112e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.18)−(0.18) = 5.55112e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 5.55112e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

CHARMM force-field family · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.18,q(b)=0.18q(a)=0.18,\quad q(b)=0.18Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.18−(0.18)=5.55112×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.18-\left(0.18\right)=5.55112\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.18, and at B to obtain 0.18. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.55112e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

CHARMM force-field family: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless) −0.200 −0.175 −0.150 −0.125 −0.100 −0.075 −0.050 −0.025 0.000 Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, 5.551e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = 5.55112e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.18)−(0.18) = 5.55112e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 5.55112e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Machine-learned interatomic potential · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Near a stable isolated bond minimum, use the local quadratic energy with curvature k > 0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ΔU/(kℓ2)=q2/2\Delta U/(k\ell^2)=q^2/2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.18,q(b)=0.18q(a)=0.18,\quad q(b)=0.18Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.18−(0.18)=5.55112×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.18-\left(0.18\right)=5.55112\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.18, and at B to obtain 0.18. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.55112e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Machine-learned interatomic potential: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Bond extension / ℓ (dimensionless) −0.200 −0.175 −0.150 −0.125 −0.100 −0.075 −0.050 −0.025 0.000 Change in Energy increment / kℓ² (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, 5.551e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = 5.55112e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.18)−(0.18) = 5.55112e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 5.55112e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Local Taylor benchmark, not the full force field or a trained potential prediction; reactive changes and other coordinates are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

OPLS force-field family · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Retain only the first OPLS torsion coefficient V₁. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Dihedral angle φ (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Torsion energy / V₁ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

U/V1=12(1+cos⁡ϕ)U/V_1=\tfrac12(1+\cos\phi)a=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.654508,q(b)=0.654508q(a)=0.654508,\quad q(b)=0.654508Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.654508−(0.654508)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.654508-\left(0.654508\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.654508, and at B to obtain 0.654508. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

OPLS force-field family: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Dihedral angle φ (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Torsion energy / V₁ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Dihedral angle φ (radian) −0.7 −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Torsion energy / V₁ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.654508)−(0.654508) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single torsional energy contribution, not the full molecular force field. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Drude polarizable model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A charged Drude oscillator has harmonic stiffness k and charge q. Find its static induced dipole. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Electric field E / E* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Dipole p / αE* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

p/(αE∗)=E/E∗p/(\alpha E_*)=E/E_*a=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=−1.2,q(b)=1.2q(a)=-1.2,\quad q(b)=1.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.2−(−1.2)=2.4\Delta q(b)=1.2-\left(-1.2\right)=2.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -1.2, and at B to obtain 1.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Drude polarizable model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Electric field E / E* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Dipole p / αE* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Electric field E / E* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Change in Dipole p / αE* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 2.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 2.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.2)−(-1.2) = 2.4. The magnitude of the response change is 2.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Coarse-grained molecular model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Let a coarse variable have Gaussian probability proportional to exp(−q²/2). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Coarse coordinate / standard deviation (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Free energy / kBT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

F(q)/(kBT)=q2/2F(q)/(k_BT)=q^2/2a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=1.62,q(b)=1.62q(a)=1.62,\quad q(b)=1.62Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.62−(1.62)=1.55431×10−15\Delta q(b)=1.62-\left(1.62\right)=1.55431\times10^{-15}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.62, and at B to obtain 1.62. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.55431e-15. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Coarse-grained molecular model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Coarse coordinate / standard deviation (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Free energy / kBT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Coarse coordinate / standard deviation (dimensionless) −1.75 −1.50 −1.25 −1.00 −0.75 −0.50 −0.25 0.00 Change in Free energy / kBT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, 1.554e-15)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = 1.55431e-15. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.62)−(1.62) = 1.55431e-15. The magnitude of the response change is 1.55431e-15; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exactly solvable Gaussian coarse-graining example; it does not assert that arbitrary coarse models are harmonic. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Dissipative particle dynamics (DPD) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold pair distance and weight fixed; the mean relative velocity obeys dy/dτ = −y. Random force has zero mean. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Mean relative velocity / initial mean (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Dissipative particle dynamics (DPD): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Mean relative velocity / initial mean (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Mean relative velocity / initial mean (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Mean of a linear frozen-geometry pair reduction. DPD sample trajectories fluctuate and require a stochastic integrator. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Brownian dynamics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For free Brownian motion in one dimension take D = 1 m²/s and initial position zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time t (s)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Mean-square displacement (m²)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

⟨[x(t)−x(0)]2⟩=2Dt\langle[x(t)-x(0)]^2\rangle=2Dta=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=2,q(b)=8q(a)=2,\quad q(b)=8Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=8−(2)=6\Delta q(b)=8-\left(2\right)=6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 2, and at B to obtain 8. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Brownian dynamics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time t (s). Vertical axis: Change in Mean-square displacement (m²). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time t (s) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Change in Mean-square displacement (m²) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (8)−(2) = 6. The magnitude of the response change is 6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ensemble expectation, not a single random trajectory; illustrative diffusivity. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Langevin dynamics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A free Langevin particle has linear drag γ, mass m, mean initial speed v₀, and zero-mean thermal noise. Use τ = γt/m. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Mean velocity / initial mean velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Langevin dynamics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Mean velocity / initial mean velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Mean velocity / initial mean velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ensemble mean velocity; the plotted smooth decay is not an individual noisy trajectory. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Kinetic Monte Carlo · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A kinetic Monte Carlo process has one constant total escape rate λ. Find the probability that its first event has occurred. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Elapsed hazard λt (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Event probability (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

P(T≤t)=1−e−λtP(T\le t)=1-e^{-\lambda t}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Kinetic Monte Carlo: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Elapsed hazard λt (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Event probability (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Elapsed hazard λt (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Event probability (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Waiting-time distribution for a fixed state and rate, not the entire evolving event network. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Cahn–Hilliard model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use dimensionless Cahn–Hilliard dynamics with M = a = κ = 1, quadratic free energy ac²/2, periodic boundaries, and initial perturbation cos x. Plot t = 1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Composition perturbation (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

c−cˉ=e−2cos⁡xc-\bar c=e^{-2}\cos xa=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.0418209,q(b)=0.0418209q(a)=0.0418209,\quad q(b)=0.0418209Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0418209−(0.0418209)=−3.46945×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0418209-\left(0.0418209\right)=-3.46945\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0418209, and at B to obtain 0.0418209. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.46945e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Cahn–Hilliard model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Composition perturbation (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Position x (dimensionless) −0.175 −0.150 −0.125 −0.100 −0.075 −0.050 −0.025 0.000 Change in Composition perturbation (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -3.469e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -3.46945e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0418209)−(0.0418209) = -3.46945e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 3.46945e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact quadratic-free-energy special case, not nonlinear phase separation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Allen–Cahn model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take mobility, positive quadratic free-energy curvature, and gradient coefficient all equal to one, with initial cos x. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Order parameter η (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

η(x,1)=e−2cos⁡x\eta(x,1)=e^{-2}\cos xa=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.0418209,q(b)=0.0418209q(a)=0.0418209,\quad q(b)=0.0418209Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0418209−(0.0418209)=−3.46945×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0418209-\left(0.0418209\right)=-3.46945\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0418209, and at B to obtain 0.0418209. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.46945e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Allen–Cahn model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Order parameter η (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Position x (dimensionless) −0.175 −0.150 −0.125 −0.100 −0.075 −0.050 −0.025 0.000 Change in Order parameter η (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -3.469e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -3.46945e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0418209)−(0.0418209) = -3.46945e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 3.46945e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linear quadratic-free-energy special case; domain walls of a double-well model are not represented. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Phase-field crystal model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Linearize ∂tψ = ∇²[(r+(1+∇²)²)ψ+ψ³] about ψ = 0 with r = 1; initial amplitude A₀ = 0.01 and wave number one. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Density perturbation δψ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

δψ(x,1)=A0e−1cos⁡x\delta\psi(x,1)=A_0e^{-1}\cos xa=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.00113681,q(b)=0.00113681q(a)=0.00113681,\quad q(b)=0.00113681Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.00113681−(0.00113681)=−8.67362×10−19\Delta q(b)=0.00113681-\left(0.00113681\right)=-8.67362\times10^{-19}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.00113681, and at B to obtain 0.00113681. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -8.67362e-19. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Phase-field crystal model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Density perturbation δψ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Position x (dimensionless) −0.005 −0.004 −0.003 −0.002 −0.001 0.000 Change in Density perturbation δψ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -8.674e-19)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -8.67362e-19. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.00113681)−(0.00113681) = -8.67362e-19. The magnitude of the response change is 8.67362e-19; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linearized small-perturbation solution; the cubic term is omitted. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Potts grain-growth model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a three-state two-site Potts pair with energy −J when the states agree, compute the equilibrium agreement probability. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Coupling / thermal energy J/kBT (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Alignment probability (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Psame=eueu+q−1,q=3P_{\rm same}=\frac{e^u}{e^u+q-1},\quad q=3a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.576117,q(b)=0.964663q(a)=0.576117,\quad q(b)=0.964663Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.964663−(0.576117)=0.388546\Delta q(b)=0.964663-\left(0.576117\right)=0.388546

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.576117, and at B to obtain 0.964663. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.388546. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Potts grain-growth model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Coupling / thermal energy J/kBT (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Alignment probability (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Coupling / thermal energy J/kBT (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Alignment probability (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3885)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.388546. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.964663)−(0.576117) = 0.388546. The magnitude of the response change is 0.388546; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Finite equilibrium toy problem, not a simulated grain-growth history. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Discrete dislocation dynamics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take one straight segment, constant force per length f = 1 N/m and mobility M = 1 m²/(N·s), starting at x = 0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time t (s)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Dislocation displacement (m)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

x(t)=Mftx(t)=Mfta=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=1,q(b)=4q(a)=1,\quad q(b)=4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4−(1)=3\Delta q(b)=4-\left(1\right)=3

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1, and at B to obtain 4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Discrete dislocation dynamics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time t (s). Vertical axis: Change in Dislocation displacement (m). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time t (s) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Change in Dislocation displacement (m) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 3)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 3. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4)−(1) = 3. The magnitude of the response change is 3; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative coefficients; interactions, pinning, and changing segment geometry are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Population balance model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For ∂tn+∂sn = 0 use n(s,0) = exp[−(s−2)²], constant growth G = 1, and compatible boundary inflow. Plot t = 1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Particle size s (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Number-density profile (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.2 with condition B at x = 4.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

n(s,1)=e−(s−3)2n(s,1)=e^{-(s-3)^2}a=1.2,b=4.8a=1.2,\quad b=4.8q(a)=0.0391639,q(b)=0.0391639q(a)=0.0391639,\quad q(b)=0.0391639Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0391639−(0.0391639)=−1.249×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.0391639-\left(0.0391639\right)=-1.249\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0391639, and at B to obtain 0.0391639. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.249e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Population balance model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Particle size s (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Number-density profile (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 Particle size s (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Number-density profile (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.8, -1.249e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.8, Δq = -1.249e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0391639)−(0.0391639) = -1.249e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.249e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Ideal gas equation of state · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold temperature and amount of ideal gas fixed while varying its volume. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Volume V / V* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure pV* / nRT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.4 with condition B at x = 4.1. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

pV∗/(nRT)=1/(V/V∗)pV_*/(nRT)=1/(V/V_*)a=1.4,b=4.1a=1.4,\quad b=4.1q(a)=0.714286,q(b)=0.243902q(a)=0.714286,\quad q(b)=0.243902Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.243902−(0.714286)=−0.470383\Delta q(b)=0.243902-\left(0.714286\right)=-0.470383

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.714286, and at B to obtain 0.243902. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.470383. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Ideal gas equation of state: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Volume V / V* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure pV* / nRT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Volume V / V* (dimensionless) −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Pressure pV* / nRT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.1, -0.4704)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.1, Δq = -0.470383. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.243902)−(0.714286) = -0.470383. The magnitude of the response change is 0.470383; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Van der Waals equation of state · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the reduced van der Waals equation at T/Tc = 1.2. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Molar volume Vₘ / Vc (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure p / pc (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.28 with condition B at x = 3.32. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

p/pc=8(1.2)3v−1−3v2p/p_c=\frac{8(1.2)}{3v-1}-\frac3{v^2}a=1.28,b=3.32a=1.28,\quad b=3.32q(a)=1.54923,q(b)=0.799256q(a)=1.54923,\quad q(b)=0.799256Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.799256−(1.54923)=−0.749971\Delta q(b)=0.799256-\left(1.54923\right)=-0.749971

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.54923, and at B to obtain 0.799256. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.749971. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Van der Waals equation of state: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Molar volume Vₘ / Vc (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure p / pc (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 Molar volume Vₘ / Vc (dimensionless) −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Pressure p / pc (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.32, -0.75)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.32, Δq = -0.749971. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.28.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.799256)−(1.54923) = -0.749971. The magnitude of the response change is 0.749971; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Peng–Robinson equation of state · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. At fixed temperature choose aα/(RTb) = 2 and evaluate the Peng–Robinson pressure. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Molar volume v = Vₘ / b (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure pb / RT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.4 with condition B at x = 5.1. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

pb/(RT)=1v−1−2v2+2v−1pb/(RT)=\frac1{v-1}-\frac2{v^2+2v-1}a=2.4,b=5.1a=2.4,\quad b=5.1q(a)=0.505081,q(b)=0.1871q(a)=0.505081,\quad q(b)=0.1871Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.1871−(0.505081)=−0.31798\Delta q(b)=0.1871-\left(0.505081\right)=-0.31798

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.505081, and at B to obtain 0.1871. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.31798. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Peng–Robinson equation of state: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Molar volume v = Vₘ / b (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure pb / RT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Molar volume v = Vₘ / b (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Pressure pb / RT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.1, -0.318)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.1, Δq = -0.31798. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.1871)−(0.505081) = -0.31798. The magnitude of the response change is 0.31798; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative EOS parameters; not a fitted fluid or a phase-equilibrium calculation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Soave–Redlich–Kwong equation of state · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. At fixed temperature choose aα/(RTb) = 2 for the SRK equation. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Molar volume v = Vₘ / b (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure pb / RT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.4 with condition B at x = 5.1. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

pb/(RT)=1v−1−2v(v+1)pb/(RT)=\frac1{v-1}-\frac2{v(v+1)}a=2.4,b=5.1a=2.4,\quad b=5.1q(a)=0.469188,q(b)=0.179614q(a)=0.469188,\quad q(b)=0.179614Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.179614−(0.469188)=−0.289573\Delta q(b)=0.179614-\left(0.469188\right)=-0.289573

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.469188, and at B to obtain 0.179614. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.289573. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Soave–Redlich–Kwong equation of state: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Molar volume v = Vₘ / b (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure pb / RT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Molar volume v = Vₘ / b (dimensionless) −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Pressure pb / RT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.1, -0.2896)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.1, Δq = -0.289573. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.179614)−(0.469188) = -0.289573. The magnitude of the response change is 0.289573; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative parameters; the temperature dependence of α is fixed for this isotherm. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Virial equation of state · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use scaled second and third virial coefficients 0.2 and 0.05 over a dilute density interval. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Reduced density ρ* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Compressibility factor Z (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Z=1+0.2ρ∗+0.05ρ∗2Z=1+0.2\rho_*+0.05\rho_*^2a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=1.042,q(b)=1.192q(a)=1.042,\quad q(b)=1.192Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.192−(1.042)=0.15\Delta q(b)=1.192-\left(1.042\right)=0.15

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.042, and at B to obtain 1.192. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.15. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Virial equation of state: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Reduced density ρ* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Compressibility factor Z (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Reduced density ρ* (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Compressibility factor Z (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.15)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.15. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.192)−(1.042) = 0.15. The magnitude of the response change is 0.15; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Truncated low-density illustrative expansion, not an extrapolation to dense fluids. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Gibbs-energy minimization · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take an ideal binary solution with equal pure-component reference energies. Find the composition dependence of its mixing free energy. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Mole fraction x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Mixing free energy / RT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2006 with condition B at x = 0.7994. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Δg/(RT)=xln⁡x+(1−x)ln⁡(1−x)\Delta g/(RT)=x\ln x+(1-x)\ln(1-x)a=0.2006,b=0.7994a=0.2006,\quad b=0.7994q(a)=−0.501233,q(b)=−0.501233q(a)=-0.501233,\quad q(b)=-0.501233Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.501233−(−0.501233)=0\Delta q(b)=-0.501233-\left(-0.501233\right)=0

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.501233, and at B to obtain -0.501233. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Gibbs-energy minimization: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Mole fraction x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Mixing free energy / RT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Mole fraction x (dimensionless) −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Mixing free energy / RT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.7994, 0)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.7994, Δq = 0. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2006.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.501233)−(-0.501233) = 0. The magnitude of the response change is 0; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ideal-solution Gibbs term; real CALPHAD databases include additional phase and interaction terms. Conserved bulk composition constrains accessible equilibria. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

CALPHAD model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take an ideal binary solution with equal pure-component reference energies. Find the composition dependence of its mixing free energy. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Mole fraction x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Mixing free energy / RT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2006 with condition B at x = 0.7994. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Δg/(RT)=xln⁡x+(1−x)ln⁡(1−x)\Delta g/(RT)=x\ln x+(1-x)\ln(1-x)a=0.2006,b=0.7994a=0.2006,\quad b=0.7994q(a)=−0.501233,q(b)=−0.501233q(a)=-0.501233,\quad q(b)=-0.501233Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.501233−(−0.501233)=0\Delta q(b)=-0.501233-\left(-0.501233\right)=0

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.501233, and at B to obtain -0.501233. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

CALPHAD model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Mole fraction x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Mixing free energy / RT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Mole fraction x (dimensionless) −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Mixing free energy / RT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.7994, 0)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.7994, Δq = 0. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2006.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.501233)−(-0.501233) = 0. The magnitude of the response change is 0; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ideal-solution Gibbs term; real CALPHAD databases include additional phase and interaction terms. Conserved bulk composition constrains accessible equilibria. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

NRTL activity model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Set NRTL interaction parameters to zero; for UNIQUAC also take identical molecular sizes and shapes with zero interaction energies. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Mole fraction x₁ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Component activity a₁ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

a1=x1,γ1=1a_1=x_1,\quad\gamma_1=1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.2,q(b)=0.8q(a)=0.2,\quad q(b)=0.8Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.8−(0.2)=0.6\Delta q(b)=0.8-\left(0.2\right)=0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.2, and at B to obtain 0.8. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

NRTL activity model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Mole fraction x₁ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Component activity a₁ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Mole fraction x₁ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Component activity a₁ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.8)−(0.2) = 0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ideal-mixture limiting case only; unequal molecular sizes in UNIQUAC can retain a combinatorial contribution. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

UNIQUAC activity model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Set NRTL interaction parameters to zero; for UNIQUAC also take identical molecular sizes and shapes with zero interaction energies. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Mole fraction x₁ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Component activity a₁ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

a1=x1,γ1=1a_1=x_1,\quad\gamma_1=1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.2,q(b)=0.8q(a)=0.2,\quad q(b)=0.8Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.8−(0.2)=0.6\Delta q(b)=0.8-\left(0.2\right)=0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.2, and at B to obtain 0.8. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

UNIQUAC activity model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Mole fraction x₁ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Component activity a₁ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Mole fraction x₁ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Component activity a₁ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.8)−(0.2) = 0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ideal-mixture limiting case only; unequal molecular sizes in UNIQUAC can retain a combinatorial contribution. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Debye–Hückel model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a monovalent ion in water near 25 °C use the Debye–Hückel limiting-law coefficient A = 0.509 (mol/L)⁻¹ᐟ². For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Ionic strength I (mol/L)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (log₁₀(activity coefficient) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.002 with condition B at x = 0.008. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

log⁡10γ=−0.509I\log_{10}\gamma=-0.509\sqrt Ia=0.002,b=0.008a=0.002,\quad b=0.008q(a)=−0.0227632,q(b)=−0.0455263q(a)=-0.0227632,\quad q(b)=-0.0455263Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.0455263−(−0.0227632)=−0.0227632\Delta q(b)=-0.0455263-\left(-0.0227632\right)=-0.0227632

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.0227632, and at B to obtain -0.0455263. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.0227632. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Debye–Hückel model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Ionic strength I (mol/L). Vertical axis: Change in log₁₀(activity coefficient) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 Ionic strength I (mol/L) −0.025 −0.020 −0.015 −0.010 −0.005 0.000 Change in log₁₀(activity coefficient) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.008, -0.02276)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.008, Δq = -0.0227632. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.002.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.0455263)−(-0.0227632) = -0.0227632. The magnitude of the response change is 0.0227632; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Limiting-law illustration; specific ion interactions and concentrated solutions are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Mass-action reaction kinetics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a single irreversible first-order reaction A → products in a constant-volume batch, use τ = kt and y = cA/cA0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Reactant concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Mass-action reaction kinetics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Reactant concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Reactant concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact one-mode reduction with constant coefficients; additional coupled physics is excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Batch reactor model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a single irreversible first-order reaction A → products in a constant-volume batch, use τ = kt and y = cA/cA0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Reactant concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Batch reactor model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Reactant concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Reactant concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact one-mode reduction with constant coefficients; additional coupled physics is excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Arrhenius rate model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold activation energy Ea > 0 and prefactor A constant. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled temperature RT / Ea (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Rate constant / prefactor k/A (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.28 with condition B at x = 0.82. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

k/A=e−1/θ,θ=RT/Eak/A=e^{-1/\theta},\quad\theta=RT/E_aa=0.28,b=0.82a=0.28,\quad b=0.82q(a)=0.0281157,q(b)=0.295374q(a)=0.0281157,\quad q(b)=0.295374Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.295374−(0.0281157)=0.267259\Delta q(b)=0.295374-\left(0.0281157\right)=0.267259

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0281157, and at B to obtain 0.295374. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.267259. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Arrhenius rate model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled temperature RT / Ea (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Rate constant / prefactor k/A (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Scaled temperature RT / Ea (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Rate constant / prefactor k/A (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.82, 0.2673)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.82, Δq = 0.267259. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.28.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.295374)−(0.0281157) = 0.267259. The magnitude of the response change is 0.267259; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Transition-state theory · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take transmission coefficient one and treat the molar activation free energy as constant over the displayed interval. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled temperature RT / ΔG‡ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled rate kh / kBT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.28 with condition B at x = 0.82. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

kh/(kBT)=e−1/θ,θ=RT/ΔG‡kh/(k_BT)=e^{-1/\theta},\quad\theta=RT/\Delta G^\ddaggera=0.28,b=0.82a=0.28,\quad b=0.82q(a)=0.0281157,q(b)=0.295374q(a)=0.0281157,\quad q(b)=0.295374Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.295374−(0.0281157)=0.267259\Delta q(b)=0.295374-\left(0.0281157\right)=0.267259

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0281157, and at B to obtain 0.295374. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.267259. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Transition-state theory: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled temperature RT / ΔG‡ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled rate kh / kBT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Scaled temperature RT / ΔG‡ (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Scaled rate kh / kBT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.82, 0.2673)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.82, Δq = 0.267259. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.28.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.295374)−(0.0281157) = 0.267259. The magnitude of the response change is 0.267259; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative fixed-barrier curve; real activation free energy can vary with temperature. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Michaelis–Menten kinetics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For Michaelis–Menten set x = substrate/Km and y = v/Vmax. For Langmuir adsorption set x = KP and y = occupied-site fraction. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled concentration or pressure (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Fraction of saturation (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.6 with condition B at x = 6.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y=x1+xy=\frac{x}{1+x}a=1.6,b=6.4a=1.6,\quad b=6.4q(a)=0.615385,q(b)=0.864865q(a)=0.615385,\quad q(b)=0.864865Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.864865−(0.615385)=0.24948\Delta q(b)=0.864865-\left(0.615385\right)=0.24948

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.615385, and at B to obtain 0.864865. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.24948. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Michaelis–Menten kinetics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled concentration or pressure (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Fraction of saturation (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2 3 4 5 6 Scaled concentration or pressure (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Fraction of saturation (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (6.4, 0.2495)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 6.4, Δq = 0.24948. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.864865)−(0.615385) = 0.24948. The magnitude of the response change is 0.24948; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single-substrate steady enzyme law or single-species equilibrium adsorption, as appropriate to the entry. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Langmuir adsorption isotherm · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For Michaelis–Menten set x = substrate/Km and y = v/Vmax. For Langmuir adsorption set x = KP and y = occupied-site fraction. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled concentration or pressure (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Fraction of saturation (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.6 with condition B at x = 6.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y=x1+xy=\frac{x}{1+x}a=1.6,b=6.4a=1.6,\quad b=6.4q(a)=0.615385,q(b)=0.864865q(a)=0.615385,\quad q(b)=0.864865Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.864865−(0.615385)=0.24948\Delta q(b)=0.864865-\left(0.615385\right)=0.24948

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.615385, and at B to obtain 0.864865. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.24948. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Langmuir adsorption isotherm: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled concentration or pressure (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Fraction of saturation (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2 3 4 5 6 Scaled concentration or pressure (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Fraction of saturation (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (6.4, 0.2495)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 6.4, Δq = 0.24948. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.864865)−(0.615385) = 0.24948. The magnitude of the response change is 0.24948; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single-substrate steady enzyme law or single-species equilibrium adsorption, as appropriate to the entry. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Langmuir–Hinshelwood kinetics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the illustrative Langmuir–Hinshelwood rate r/r* = x/(1+x)², with other factors held constant. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled reactant pressure x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled surface rate r / r* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.6 with condition B at x = 6.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

r/r∗=x(1+x)2r/r_*=\frac{x}{(1+x)^2}a=1.6,b=6.4a=1.6,\quad b=6.4q(a)=0.236686,q(b)=0.116874q(a)=0.236686,\quad q(b)=0.116874Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.116874−(0.236686)=−0.119813\Delta q(b)=0.116874-\left(0.236686\right)=-0.119813

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.236686, and at B to obtain 0.116874. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.119813. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Langmuir–Hinshelwood kinetics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled reactant pressure x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled surface rate r / r* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2 3 4 5 6 Scaled reactant pressure x (dimensionless) −0.12 −0.10 −0.08 −0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0.00 Change in Scaled surface rate r / r* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (6.4, -0.1198)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 6.4, Δq = -0.119813. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.116874)−(0.236686) = -0.119813. The magnitude of the response change is 0.119813; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One specified adsorption-limited rate law; the family contains many different mechanisms. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Fickian diffusion · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve ∂τu = ∂ξξu with u(0,τ)=u(1,τ)=0 and initial sin(πξ), then plot τ = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Concentration perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Fickian diffusion: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Concentration perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Concentration perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Fickian constant-diffusivity slab. Maxwell–Stefan reduces to this form for an ideal binary mixture with constant total concentration and diffusivity. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Maxwell–Stefan diffusion · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve ∂τu = ∂ξξu with u(0,τ)=u(1,τ)=0 and initial sin(πξ), then plot τ = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Concentration perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Maxwell–Stefan diffusion: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Concentration perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Concentration perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Fickian constant-diffusivity slab. Maxwell–Stefan reduces to this form for an ideal binary mixture with constant total concentration and diffusivity. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Advection–diffusion–reaction model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. On the infinite line solve ut+ux = 0.1uxx−0.2u with u(x,0)=exp(−x²). Plot t = 1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Concentration u (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.4 with condition B at x = 3.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(x,1)=e−0.21.4exp⁡[−(x−1)2/1.4]u(x,1)=\frac{e^{-0.2}}{\sqrt{1.4}}\exp[-(x-1)^2/1.4]a=−1.4,b=3.4a=-1.4,\quad b=3.4q(a)=0.0113049,q(b)=0.0113049q(a)=0.0113049,\quad q(b)=0.0113049Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0113049−(0.0113049)=−1.21431×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0113049-\left(0.0113049\right)=-1.21431\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0113049, and at B to obtain 0.0113049. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.21431e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Advection–diffusion–reaction model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Concentration u (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1 0 1 2 3 Position x (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Change in Concentration u (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.4, -1.214e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.4, Δq = -1.21431e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0113049)−(0.0113049) = -1.21431e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 1.21431e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Continuous stirred-tank reactor (CSTR) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. At steady state a well-mixed reactor consumes A by a first-order reaction at rate kcA. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Damköhler number kV/Q (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Outlet / inlet concentration (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

cout/cin=1/(1+Da)c_{\rm out}/c_{\rm in}=1/(1+\mathrm{Da})a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.5,q(b)=0.2q(a)=0.5,\quad q(b)=0.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.2−(0.5)=−0.3\Delta q(b)=0.2-\left(0.5\right)=-0.3

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.5, and at B to obtain 0.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.3. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Continuous stirred-tank reactor (CSTR): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Damköhler number kV/Q (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Outlet / inlet concentration (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Damköhler number kV/Q (dimensionless) −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Outlet / inlet concentration (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.3. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.2)−(0.5) = -0.3. The magnitude of the response change is 0.3; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Constant-volume, isothermal, constant-flow reactor. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Plug-flow reactor (PFR) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For an isothermal PFR with constant velocity u and first-order consumption k, use τ = kz/u and y = c/cin. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial residence coordinate kz / u (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Reactant concentration / inlet concentration (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Plug-flow reactor (PFR): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial residence coordinate kz / u (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Reactant concentration / inlet concentration (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Axial residence coordinate kz / u (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Reactant concentration / inlet concentration (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact axial concentration profile in ideal plug flow; the horizontal coordinate is residence time kz/u, not laboratory time. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Stokes creeping-flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.64,q(b)=0.64q(a)=0.64,\quad q(b)=0.64Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.64−(0.64)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.64-\left(0.64\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.64, and at B to obtain 0.64. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Stokes creeping-flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.64)−(0.64) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lubrication approximation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.64,q(b)=0.64q(a)=0.64,\quad q(b)=0.64Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.64−(0.64)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.64-\left(0.64\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.64, and at B to obtain 0.64. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lubrication approximation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.64)−(0.64) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hagen–Poiseuille model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.64,q(b)=0.64q(a)=0.64,\quad q(b)=0.64Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.64−(0.64)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.64-\left(0.64\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.64, and at B to obtain 0.64. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hagen–Poiseuille model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.64)−(0.64) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Direct numerical simulation (DNS) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take steady, fully developed incompressible flow with constant viscosity between fixed parallel plates. For Hagen–Poiseuille use the equivalent diameter cut through a round pipe. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.64,q(b)=0.64q(a)=0.64,\quad q(b)=0.64Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.64−(0.64)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.64-\left(0.64\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.64, and at B to obtain 0.64. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Direct numerical simulation (DNS): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Transverse position / half-width (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Change in Axial velocity / center velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.64)−(0.64) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact laminar benchmark. Plate and pipe pressure-to-maximum-speed factors differ; the plotted normalized profile is identical. DNS here resolves this simple laminar case. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Euler flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Linearize inviscid Euler flow about a uniform rest state and use a sinusoidal pressure perturbation. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure perturbation / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Euler flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure perturbation / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Pressure perturbation / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linear acoustic limit of Euler flow, not a finite-amplitude compressible flow solution. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Potential-flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Find surface pressure for incompressible, inviscid, irrotational uniform flow around a circular cylinder without circulation. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Cylinder surface angle θ (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure coefficient Cp (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Cp=1−4sin⁡2θC_p=1-4\sin^2\thetaa=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=−2.61803,q(b)=−2.61803q(a)=-2.61803,\quad q(b)=-2.61803Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−2.61803−(−2.61803)=−8.88178×10−16\Delta q(b)=-2.61803-\left(-2.61803\right)=-8.88178\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -2.61803, and at B to obtain -2.61803. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -8.88178e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Potential-flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Cylinder surface angle θ (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure coefficient Cp (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Cylinder surface angle θ (radian) 0 1 2 3 4 Change in Pressure coefficient Cp (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -8.882e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -8.88178e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-2.61803)−(-2.61803) = -8.88178e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 8.88178e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. No viscosity or separation; this ideal model does not predict real cylinder drag. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Boundary-layer model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A flat wall suddenly moves at speed U beneath an initially stationary semi-infinite viscous fluid. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Similarity coordinate y / 2√(νt) (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Velocity u / wall speed U (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/U=erfc⁡(η),η=y/(2νt)u/U=\operatorname{erfc}(\eta),\quad\eta=y/(2\sqrt{\nu t})a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.396144,q(b)=0.000688514q(a)=0.396144,\quad q(b)=0.000688514Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.000688514−(0.396144)=−0.395455\Delta q(b)=0.000688514-\left(0.396144\right)=-0.395455

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.396144, and at B to obtain 0.000688514. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.395455. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Boundary-layer model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Similarity coordinate y / 2√(νt) (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Velocity u / wall speed U (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Similarity coordinate y / 2√(νt) (dimensionless) −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Velocity u / wall speed U (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, -0.3955)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = -0.395455. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.000688514)−(0.396144) = -0.395455. The magnitude of the response change is 0.395455; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Stokes’ first problem, an unsteady boundary-layer benchmark; not the Blasius spatially developing solution. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Darcy–Weisbach model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold the Darcy friction factor f, pipe geometry, and density fixed. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Mean speed U / U* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled pressure drop (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Δp/(fLρU∗2/2D)=(U/U∗)2\Delta p/(fL\rho U_*^2/2D)=(U/U_*)^2a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.36,q(b)=5.76q(a)=0.36,\quad q(b)=5.76Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=5.76−(0.36)=5.4\Delta q(b)=5.76-\left(0.36\right)=5.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.36, and at B to obtain 5.76. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Darcy–Weisbach model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Mean speed U / U* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled pressure drop (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Mean speed U / U* (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Change in Scaled pressure drop (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 5.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 5.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (5.76)−(0.36) = 5.4. The magnitude of the response change is 5.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Fixed-friction-factor illustration; f usually varies with Reynolds number and roughness. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Non-Newtonian power-law fluid · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose positive shear rates and power-law exponent n = 1/2, with reference stress K√(reference rate). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Shear rate / reference rate (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Shear stress / reference stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

τ/τ∗=(γ˙/γ˙∗)1/2\tau/\tau_*=(\dot\gamma/\dot\gamma_*)^{1/2}a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=0.894427,q(b)=1.78885q(a)=0.894427,\quad q(b)=1.78885Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.78885−(0.894427)=0.894427\Delta q(b)=1.78885-\left(0.894427\right)=0.894427

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.894427, and at B to obtain 1.78885. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.894427. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Non-Newtonian power-law fluid: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Shear rate / reference rate (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Shear stress / reference stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Shear rate / reference rate (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Shear stress / reference stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 0.8944)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 0.894427. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.78885)−(0.894427) = 0.894427. The magnitude of the response change is 0.894427; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Steady shear constitutive evaluation; no low- or high-shear viscosity plateau is included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Bingham plastic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Increase a nonnegative applied shear stress on an ideal Bingham material. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Applied stress / yield stress (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled shear rate μpγ̇ / τy (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

μpγ˙/τy=max⁡(s−1,0),s=τ/τy\mu_p\dot\gamma/\tau_y=\max(s-1,0),\quad s=\tau/\tau_ya=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0,q(b)=1.4q(a)=0,\quad q(b)=1.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.4−(0)=1.4\Delta q(b)=1.4-\left(0\right)=1.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0, and at B to obtain 1.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Bingham plastic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Applied stress / yield stress (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled shear rate μpγ̇ / τy (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Applied stress / yield stress (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Change in Scaled shear rate μpγ̇ / τy (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 1.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 1.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.4)−(0) = 1.4. The magnitude of the response change is 1.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Herschel–Bulkley model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use exponent n = 1/2 and define g so that Kγ̇ⁿ/τy = √g. Evaluate the yielded branch. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled positive shear rate g (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Shear stress / yield stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

τ/τy=1+g1/2\tau/\tau_y=1+g^{1/2}a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=1.89443,q(b)=2.78885q(a)=1.89443,\quad q(b)=2.78885Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.78885−(1.89443)=0.894427\Delta q(b)=2.78885-\left(1.89443\right)=0.894427

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.89443, and at B to obtain 2.78885. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.894427. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Herschel–Bulkley model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled positive shear rate g (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Shear stress / yield stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Scaled positive shear rate g (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Shear stress / yield stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 0.8944)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 0.894427. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.78885)−(1.89443) = 0.894427. The magnitude of the response change is 0.894427; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Positive yielded branch only; at zero rate the unyielded model allows a range of stresses. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Oldroyd-B model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. After a small deformation, hold the fluid motionless. A homogeneous Oldroyd-B polymer shear stress obeys λdτp/dt+τp=0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Polymer shear stress / initial stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Oldroyd-B model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Polymer shear stress / initial stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Polymer shear stress / initial stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Zero-velocity, homogeneous stress-relaxation subproblem; convected terms vanish and the solvent stress is zero. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes (RANS) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Verify the molecular-viscosity momentum equation using fully developed plane Poiseuille flow with turbulent or subgrid stresses disabled. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / channel half-width (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.64,q(b)=0.64q(a)=0.64,\quad q(b)=0.64Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.64−(0.64)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.64-\left(0.64\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.64, and at B to obtain 0.64. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes (RANS): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / channel half-width (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Position / channel half-width (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Change in Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.64)−(0.64) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Laminar-limit verification only; it neither models turbulence nor validates a RANS, LES, or DES closure. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Large-eddy simulation (LES) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Verify the molecular-viscosity momentum equation using fully developed plane Poiseuille flow with turbulent or subgrid stresses disabled. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / channel half-width (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.64,q(b)=0.64q(a)=0.64,\quad q(b)=0.64Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.64−(0.64)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.64-\left(0.64\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.64, and at B to obtain 0.64. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Large-eddy simulation (LES): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / channel half-width (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Position / channel half-width (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Change in Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.64)−(0.64) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Laminar-limit verification only; it neither models turbulence nor validates a RANS, LES, or DES closure. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Detached-eddy simulation (DES) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Verify the molecular-viscosity momentum equation using fully developed plane Poiseuille flow with turbulent or subgrid stresses disabled. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / channel half-width (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/Umax⁡=1−ξ2u/U_{\max}=1-\xi^2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.64,q(b)=0.64q(a)=0.64,\quad q(b)=0.64Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.64−(0.64)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.64-\left(0.64\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.64, and at B to obtain 0.64. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Detached-eddy simulation (DES): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / channel half-width (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Position / channel half-width (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Change in Velocity / center velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.64)−(0.64) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Laminar-limit verification only; it neither models turbulence nor validates a RANS, LES, or DES closure. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Spalart–Allmaras model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For nonnegative working variable χ evaluate the standard SA eddy-viscosity mapping with cv1 = 7.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Working variable χ = ν̃ / ν (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Eddy viscosity νt / ν (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 4 with condition B at x = 16. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

νt/ν=χχ3χ3+7.13\nu_t/\nu=\chi\frac{\chi^3}{\chi^3+7.1^3}a=4,b=16a=4,\quad b=16q(a)=0.606763,q(b)=14.7143q(a)=0.606763,\quad q(b)=14.7143Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=14.7143−(0.606763)=14.1075\Delta q(b)=14.7143-\left(0.606763\right)=14.1075

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.606763, and at B to obtain 14.7143. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 14.1075. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Spalart–Allmaras model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Working variable χ = ν̃ / ν (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Eddy viscosity νt / ν (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Working variable χ = ν̃ / ν (dimensionless) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 Change in Eddy viscosity νt / ν (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (16, 14.11)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 16, Δq = 14.1075. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (14.7143)−(0.606763) = 14.1075. The magnitude of the response change is 14.1075; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Algebraic closure contribution only, not a solution of the SA transport equation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

k–epsilon model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold dissipation ε = ε* fixed and use Cμ = 0.09. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Turbulent kinetic energy k / k* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled eddy viscosity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

νtϵ∗/k∗2=0.09(k/k∗)2\nu_t\epsilon_*/k_*^2=0.09(k/k_*)^2a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=0.0576,q(b)=0.9216q(a)=0.0576,\quad q(b)=0.9216Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.9216−(0.0576)=0.864\Delta q(b)=0.9216-\left(0.0576\right)=0.864

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0576, and at B to obtain 0.9216. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.864. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

k–epsilon model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Turbulent kinetic energy k / k* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled eddy viscosity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Turbulent kinetic energy k / k* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Change in Scaled eddy viscosity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 0.864)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 0.864. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.9216)−(0.0576) = 0.864. The magnitude of the response change is 0.864; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Closure evaluation, not a prediction of k or ε from their coupled transport equations. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

k–omega model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold specific dissipation ω = ω* > 0 and use the basic νt = k/ω relation. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Turbulent kinetic energy k / k* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled eddy viscosity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

νtω∗/k∗=k/k∗\nu_t\omega_*/k_* = k/k_*a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=0.8,q(b)=3.2q(a)=0.8,\quad q(b)=3.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=3.2−(0.8)=2.4\Delta q(b)=3.2-\left(0.8\right)=2.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.8, and at B to obtain 3.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

k–omega model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Turbulent kinetic energy k / k* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled eddy viscosity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Turbulent kinetic energy k / k* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Change in Scaled eddy viscosity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 2.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 2.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (3.2)−(0.8) = 2.4. The magnitude of the response change is 2.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Basic algebraic closure with fixed ω; model variants may include limiters. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

SST k–omega model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold positive k and ω fixed. Evaluate νt = a1k/max(a1ω,SF2) with a1 = 0.31. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled strain SF₂ / ω (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Limited viscosity νtω / k (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.4 with condition B at x = 1.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

νtω/k=0.31max⁡(0.31,s),s=SF2/ω\nu_t\omega/k=\frac{0.31}{\max(0.31,s)},\quad s=SF_2/\omegaa=0.4,b=1.6a=0.4,\quad b=1.6q(a)=0.775,q(b)=0.19375q(a)=0.775,\quad q(b)=0.19375Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.19375−(0.775)=−0.58125\Delta q(b)=0.19375-\left(0.775\right)=-0.58125

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.775, and at B to obtain 0.19375. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.58125. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

SST k–omega model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled strain SF₂ / ω (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Limited viscosity νtω / k (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Scaled strain SF₂ / ω (dimensionless) −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Limited viscosity νtω / k (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.6, -0.5812)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.6, Δq = -0.58125. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.19375)−(0.775) = -0.58125. The magnitude of the response change is 0.58125; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Algebraic SST limiter illustration; blending functions and transport equations are not solved. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Reynolds-stress transport model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a homogeneous Reynolds-stress anisotropy component use the reduced closure db/dt = −b/T with constant T. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Anisotropy component / initial component (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Reynolds-stress transport model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Anisotropy component / initial component (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Anisotropy component / initial component (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Isolated linear return-to-isotropy term; production, transport, and changing dissipation are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Smagorinsky subgrid model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use Cs = 0.1 and constant filter width Δ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Resolved strain |S| / S* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled subgrid viscosity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

νt/(Δ2S∗)=0.01(∣S∣/S∗)\nu_t/(\Delta^2 S_*)=0.01(|S|/S_*)a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.01,q(b)=0.04q(a)=0.01,\quad q(b)=0.04Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.04−(0.01)=0.03\Delta q(b)=0.04-\left(0.01\right)=0.03

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.01, and at B to obtain 0.04. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.03. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Smagorinsky subgrid model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Resolved strain |S| / S* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled subgrid viscosity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Resolved strain |S| / S* (dimensionless) 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 Change in Scaled subgrid viscosity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.03)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.03. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.04)−(0.01) = 0.03. The magnitude of the response change is 0.03; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Constant-coefficient closure; no dynamic procedure or wall damping is included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Volume-of-fluid (VOF) representation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Advect the initial smoothed interface α(x,0) = [1−tanh(5x)]/2 at unit velocity with no compression term. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Phase volume fraction α (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.2 with condition B at x = 2.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

α(x,1)=12[1−tanh⁡(5(x−1))]\alpha(x,1)=\tfrac12[1-\tanh(5(x-1))]a=−0.2,b=2.2a=-0.2,\quad b=2.2q(a)=0.999994,q(b)=6.14417×10−6q(a)=0.999994,\quad q(b)=6.14417\times10^{-6}Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=6.14417×10−6−(0.999994)=−0.999988\Delta q(b)=6.14417\times10^{-6}-\left(0.999994\right)=-0.999988

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.999994, and at B to obtain 6.14417e-06. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.999988. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Volume-of-fluid (VOF) representation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Phase volume fraction α (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Position x (dimensionless) −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Phase volume fraction α (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.2, -1)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.2, Δq = -0.999988. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (6.14417e-06)−(0.999994) = -0.999988. The magnitude of the response change is 0.999988; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact scalar-advection benchmark with a deliberately smooth interface; interface reconstruction and multiphase momentum are not solved. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Euler–Euler two-fluid model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For two homogeneous phases coupled only by linear interphase drag, scale time by the combined drag relaxation time and slip by its initial value. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Remaining fraction (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Euler–Euler two-fluid model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Remaining fraction (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Remaining fraction (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Subtract the two phase momentum balances to obtain a decaying relative velocity; spatial transport, pressure gradients, and phase change are absent. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lagrangian particle tracking · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A particle starts at rest in a uniform fluid of constant speed U and experiences linear drag only. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / particle relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Particle speed / fluid speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

v/U=1−e−t/τpv/U=1-e^{-t/\tau_p}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lagrangian particle tracking: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / particle relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Particle speed / fluid speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / particle relaxation time (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Particle speed / fluid speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Dilute isolated-particle Stokes-drag reduction; no gravity or feedback on the fluid. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Fourier heat conduction · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature excess / imposed difference (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xia=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.8,q(b)=0.2q(a)=0.8,\quad q(b)=0.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.2−(0.8)=−0.6\Delta q(b)=0.2-\left(0.8\right)=-0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.8, and at B to obtain 0.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Fourier heat conduction: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature excess / imposed difference (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Temperature excess / imposed difference (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.2)−(0.8) = -0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Groundwater flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Hydraulic head excess / imposed difference (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xia=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.8,q(b)=0.2q(a)=0.8,\quad q(b)=0.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.2−(0.8)=−0.6\Delta q(b)=0.2-\left(0.8\right)=-0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.8, and at B to obtain 0.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Groundwater flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Hydraulic head excess / imposed difference (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Hydraulic head excess / imposed difference (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.2)−(0.8) = -0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Finite element method (FEM / FEA) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xia=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.8,q(b)=0.2q(a)=0.8,\quad q(b)=0.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.2−(0.8)=−0.6\Delta q(b)=0.2-\left(0.8\right)=-0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.8, and at B to obtain 0.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Finite element method (FEM / FEA): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.2)−(0.8) = -0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Finite volume method (FVM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xia=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.8,q(b)=0.2q(a)=0.8,\quad q(b)=0.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.2−(0.8)=−0.6\Delta q(b)=0.2-\left(0.8\right)=-0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.8, and at B to obtain 0.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Finite volume method (FVM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.2)−(0.8) = -0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Finite difference method (FDM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xia=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.8,q(b)=0.2q(a)=0.8,\quad q(b)=0.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.2−(0.8)=−0.6\Delta q(b)=0.2-\left(0.8\right)=-0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.8, and at B to obtain 0.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Finite difference method (FDM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.2)−(0.8) = -0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Boundary element method (BEM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve u″ = 0 on 0 < ξ < 1 with u(0) = 1 and u(1) = 0, constant transport coefficient, and no source. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ)=1−ξu(\xi)=1-\xia=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.8,q(b)=0.2q(a)=0.8,\quad q(b)=0.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.2−(0.8)=−0.6\Delta q(b)=0.2-\left(0.8\right)=-0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.8, and at B to obtain 0.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Boundary element method (BEM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Normalized temperature or head (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.2)−(0.8) = -0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. For numerical-method entries this is the exact target to verify against, not a computed discretization or convergence claim. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Transient heat equation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Transient heat equation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Temperature perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Spectral method · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Spectral method: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Reduced basis model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Reduced basis model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Physics-informed neural network (PINN) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Physics-informed neural network (PINN): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Neural operator · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use uτ = uξξ on the unit interval, zero end values, and u(ξ,0) = sin(πξ). Plot τ = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Neural operator: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Field / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact PDE benchmark. For reduced bases, PINNs, and neural operators, this is a reference target, not a claimed trained or computed prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lumped-capacitance thermal model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lumped-capacitance thermal model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Thermal resistance-capacitance network · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Thermal resistance-capacitance network: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Newton cooling model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Newton cooling model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Building thermal-zone model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A thermal capacitance C connects through resistance R to fixed ambient temperature. Set τ = t/(RC) and y = (T−T∞)/(T0−T∞). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Building thermal-zone model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-node constant-property cooling example; multizone and multi-node networks have additional modes. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Radiative transfer equation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A steady beam traverses a homogeneous purely absorbing medium. Set τ = Σx and y = intensity / incident intensity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Radiative transfer equation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact absorption-only transport benchmark, without scattering or emission. For Monte Carlo transport this is the expected value, not a sampled realization. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Neutron transport model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A steady beam traverses a homogeneous purely absorbing medium. Set τ = Σx and y = intensity / incident intensity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Neutron transport model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact absorption-only transport benchmark, without scattering or emission. For Monte Carlo transport this is the expected value, not a sampled realization. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Monte Carlo transport · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A steady beam traverses a homogeneous purely absorbing medium. Set τ = Σx and y = intensity / incident intensity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Monte Carlo transport: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Optical thickness Σx (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Beam intensity / incident intensity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact absorption-only transport benchmark, without scattering or emission. For Monte Carlo transport this is the expected value, not a sampled realization. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Stefan–Boltzmann surface model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A gray surface sees a large isothermal surrounding at T*, with constant emissivity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Surface / surrounding temperature T / T* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled net radiative flux (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 1.7. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/(ϵσT∗4)=θ4−1q/(\epsilon\sigma T_*^4)=\theta^4-1a=0.8,b=1.7a=0.8,\quad b=1.7q(a)=−0.5904,q(b)=7.3521q(a)=-0.5904,\quad q(b)=7.3521Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=7.3521−(−0.5904)=7.9425\Delta q(b)=7.3521-\left(-0.5904\right)=7.9425

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.5904, and at B to obtain 7.3521. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 7.9425. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Stefan–Boltzmann surface model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Surface / surrounding temperature T / T* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled net radiative flux (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Surface / surrounding temperature T / T* (dimensionless) 0 2 4 6 8 Change in Scaled net radiative flux (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.7, 7.943)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.7, Δq = 7.9425. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (7.3521)−(-0.5904) = 7.9425. The magnitude of the response change is 7.9425; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Surface-to-surface radiosity model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Two infinite parallel diffuse-gray plates have emissivities ε and 0.8 and fixed unequal temperatures. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Surface 1 emissivity ε (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Radiative exchange factor (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.24 with condition B at x = 0.81. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

qσ(T14−T24)=11/ϵ+1/0.8−1\frac{q}{\sigma(T_1^4-T_2^4)}=\frac1{1/\epsilon+1/0.8-1}a=0.24,b=0.81a=0.24,\quad b=0.81q(a)=0.226415,q(b)=0.673597q(a)=0.226415,\quad q(b)=0.673597Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.673597−(0.226415)=0.447182\Delta q(b)=0.673597-\left(0.226415\right)=0.447182

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.226415, and at B to obtain 0.673597. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.447182. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Surface-to-surface radiosity model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Surface 1 emissivity ε (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Radiative exchange factor (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Surface 1 emissivity ε (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Radiative exchange factor (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.81, 0.4472)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.81, Δq = 0.447182. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.24.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.673597)−(0.226415) = 0.447182. The magnitude of the response change is 0.447182; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Equal facing areas, view factor one, and a nonparticipating gap. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Stefan phase-change problem · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take a one-phase Stefan problem whose Stefan number selects similarity constant λ = 0.5. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Fourier time αt / L² (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Front position s / L (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

s/L=2λαt/L2,λ=0.5s/L=2\lambda\sqrt{\alpha t/L^2},\quad\lambda=0.5a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=0.894427,q(b)=1.78885q(a)=0.894427,\quad q(b)=1.78885Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.78885−(0.894427)=0.894427\Delta q(b)=1.78885-\left(0.894427\right)=0.894427

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.894427, and at B to obtain 1.78885. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.894427. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Stefan phase-change problem: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Fourier time αt / L² (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Front position s / L (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Fourier time αt / L² (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Front position s / L (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 0.8944)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 0.894427. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.78885)−(0.894427) = 0.894427. The magnitude of the response change is 0.894427; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Semi-infinite, one-phase conduction limit with a fixed boundary temperature; λ must be consistent with the material and thermal data. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Enthalpy–porosity model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose the linear liquid-fraction law between solidus Ts and liquidus Tl. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Temperature within melting interval θ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Liquid fraction (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.1 with condition B at x = 1.1. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

fl=min⁡[1,max⁡(0,θ)],θ=(T−Ts)/(Tl−Ts)f_l=\min[1,\max(0,\theta)],\quad\theta=(T-T_s)/(T_l-T_s)a=−0.1,b=1.1a=-0.1,\quad b=1.1q(a)=0,q(b)=1q(a)=0,\quad q(b)=1Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1−(0)=1\Delta q(b)=1-\left(0\right)=1

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0, and at B to obtain 1. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Enthalpy–porosity model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Temperature within melting interval θ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Liquid fraction (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Temperature within melting interval θ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Liquid fraction (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.1, 1)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.1, Δq = 1. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1)−(0) = 1. The magnitude of the response change is 1; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Constitutive phase-fraction example only; momentum damping and the transient enthalpy equation are not solved. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Linear elasticity (Hooke model) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial strain ε (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.002 with condition B at x = 0.008. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilona=0.002,b=0.008a=0.002,\quad b=0.008q(a)=0.002,q(b)=0.008q(a)=0.002,\quad q(b)=0.008Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.008−(0.002)=0.006\Delta q(b)=0.008-\left(0.002\right)=0.006

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.002, and at B to obtain 0.008. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.006. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Linear elasticity (Hooke model): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial strain ε (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 Axial strain ε (dimensionless) 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.008, 0.006)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.008, Δq = 0.006. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.002.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.008)−(0.002) = 0.006. The magnitude of the response change is 0.006; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Orthotropic elasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial strain ε (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.002 with condition B at x = 0.008. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilona=0.002,b=0.008a=0.002,\quad b=0.008q(a)=0.002,q(b)=0.008q(a)=0.002,\quad q(b)=0.008Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.008−(0.002)=0.006\Delta q(b)=0.008-\left(0.002\right)=0.006

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.002, and at B to obtain 0.008. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.006. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Orthotropic elasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial strain ε (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 Axial strain ε (dimensionless) 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.008, 0.006)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.008, Δq = 0.006. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.002.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.008)−(0.002) = 0.006. The magnitude of the response change is 0.006; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Truss model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial strain ε (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.002 with condition B at x = 0.008. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilona=0.002,b=0.008a=0.002,\quad b=0.008q(a)=0.002,q(b)=0.008q(a)=0.002,\quad q(b)=0.008Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.008−(0.002)=0.006\Delta q(b)=0.008-\left(0.002\right)=0.006

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.002, and at B to obtain 0.008. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.006. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Truss model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial strain ε (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 Axial strain ε (dimensionless) 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.008, 0.006)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.008, Δq = 0.006. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.002.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.008)−(0.002) = 0.006. The magnitude of the response change is 0.006; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Representative volume element (RVE) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial strain ε (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.002 with condition B at x = 0.008. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilona=0.002,b=0.008a=0.002,\quad b=0.008q(a)=0.002,q(b)=0.008q(a)=0.002,\quad q(b)=0.008Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.008−(0.002)=0.006\Delta q(b)=0.008-\left(0.002\right)=0.006

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.002, and at B to obtain 0.008. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.006. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Representative volume element (RVE): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial strain ε (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 Axial strain ε (dimensionless) 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.008, 0.006)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.008, Δq = 0.006. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.002.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.008)−(0.002) = 0.006. The magnitude of the response change is 0.006; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

FE² computational homogenization · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply uniform uniaxial strain to a homogeneous small-strain elastic bar with traction-free lateral surfaces. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial strain ε (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.002 with condition B at x = 0.008. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/E=ε\sigma/E=\varepsilona=0.002,b=0.008a=0.002,\quad b=0.008q(a)=0.002,q(b)=0.008q(a)=0.002,\quad q(b)=0.008Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.008−(0.002)=0.006\Delta q(b)=0.008-\left(0.002\right)=0.006

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.002, and at B to obtain 0.008. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.006. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

FE² computational homogenization: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial strain ε (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.008 Axial strain ε (dimensionless) 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 Change in Axial stress / directional modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.008, 0.006)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.008, Δq = 0.006. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.002.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.008)−(0.002) = 0.006. The magnitude of the response change is 0.006; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Homogeneous linear reference for truss, RVE, and FE² entries; this is not a heterogeneous microscale simulation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Neo-Hookean hyperelasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Stretch an incompressible neo-Hookean solid uniaxially with traction-free transverse faces. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial stretch λ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Cauchy stress / shear modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.88 with condition B at x = 1.72. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/μ=λ2−λ−1\sigma/\mu=\lambda^2-\lambda^{-1}a=0.88,b=1.72a=0.88,\quad b=1.72q(a)=−0.361964,q(b)=2.377q(a)=-0.361964,\quad q(b)=2.377Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.377−(−0.361964)=2.73897\Delta q(b)=2.377-\left(-0.361964\right)=2.73897

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.361964, and at B to obtain 2.377. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.73897. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Neo-Hookean hyperelasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial stretch λ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Cauchy stress / shear modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 Axial stretch λ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Change in Cauchy stress / shear modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.72, 2.739)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.72, Δq = 2.73897. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.88.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.377)−(-0.361964) = 2.73897. The magnitude of the response change is 2.73897; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Mooney–Rivlin hyperelasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use an incompressible two-parameter Mooney–Rivlin material with C10 = C01 and μ = 2(C10+C01). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial stretch λ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Cauchy stress / initial shear modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.88 with condition B at x = 1.72. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/μ=12(1+λ−1)(λ2−λ−1)\sigma/\mu=\tfrac12(1+\lambda^{-1})(\lambda^2-\lambda^{-1})a=0.88,b=1.72a=0.88,\quad b=1.72q(a)=−0.386643,q(b)=1.87949q(a)=-0.386643,\quad q(b)=1.87949Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.87949−(−0.386643)=2.26614\Delta q(b)=1.87949-\left(-0.386643\right)=2.26614

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.386643, and at B to obtain 1.87949. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.26614. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Mooney–Rivlin hyperelasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial stretch λ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Cauchy stress / initial shear modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 Axial stretch λ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Change in Cauchy stress / initial shear modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.72, 2.266)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.72, Δq = 2.26614. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.88.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.87949)−(-0.386643) = 2.26614. The magnitude of the response change is 2.26614; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Ogden hyperelasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose W = (2μ/α²)(λ1^α+λ2^α+λ3^α−3), α = 4, and incompressible uniaxial tension. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial stretch λ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Cauchy stress / initial shear modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.88 with condition B at x = 1.72. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/μ=12(λ4−λ−2)\sigma/\mu=\tfrac12(\lambda^4-\lambda^{-2})a=0.88,b=1.72a=0.88,\quad b=1.72q(a)=−0.345813,q(b)=4.20706q(a)=-0.345813,\quad q(b)=4.20706Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4.20706−(−0.345813)=4.55287\Delta q(b)=4.20706-\left(-0.345813\right)=4.55287

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.345813, and at B to obtain 4.20706. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 4.55287. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Ogden hyperelasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial stretch λ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Cauchy stress / initial shear modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 Axial stretch λ (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 5 Change in Cauchy stress / initial shear modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.72, 4.553)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.72, Δq = 4.55287. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.88.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4.20706)−(-0.345813) = 4.55287. The magnitude of the response change is 4.55287; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. The energy convention is stated explicitly because Ogden coefficient conventions vary. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Euler–Bernoulli beam model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A prismatic Euler–Bernoulli cantilever of length L carries a transverse tip force P. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial position ξ = x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Deflection w / (PL³/EI) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

w/(PL3/EI)=ξ2(3−ξ)/6w/(PL^3/EI)=\xi^2(3-\xi)/6a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.0186667,q(b)=0.234667q(a)=0.0186667,\quad q(b)=0.234667Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.234667−(0.0186667)=0.216\Delta q(b)=0.234667-\left(0.0186667\right)=0.216

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0186667, and at B to obtain 0.234667. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.216. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Euler–Bernoulli beam model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial position ξ = x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Deflection w / (PL³/EI) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Axial position ξ = x / L (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 Change in Deflection w / (PL³/EI) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.216)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.216. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.234667)−(0.0186667) = 0.216. The magnitude of the response change is 0.216; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Timoshenko beam model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take an end-loaded Timoshenko cantilever with EI/(κGA L²) = 0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled transverse deflection (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

w/(PL3/EI)=ξ2(3−ξ)/6+0.1ξw/(PL^3/EI)=\xi^2(3-\xi)/6+0.1\xia=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.0386667,q(b)=0.314667q(a)=0.0386667,\quad q(b)=0.314667Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.314667−(0.0386667)=0.276\Delta q(b)=0.314667-\left(0.0386667\right)=0.276

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0386667, and at B to obtain 0.314667. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.276. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Timoshenko beam model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled transverse deflection (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Axial position x / L (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 Change in Scaled transverse deflection (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.276)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.276. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.314667)−(0.0386667) = 0.276. The magnitude of the response change is 0.276; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linear prismatic beam; κ is the shear correction factor. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Kirchhoff–Love plate model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply a single sinusoidal load mode to a simply supported rectangular plate. Plot its normalized centerline deflection. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Plate position x / a (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Centerline deflection / maximum (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

w(x,b/2)/wmax⁡=sin⁡(πx/a)w(x,b/2)/w_{\max}=\sin(\pi x/a)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.587785,q(b)=0.587785q(a)=0.587785,\quad q(b)=0.587785Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.587785−(0.587785)=1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.587785-\left(0.587785\right)=1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.587785, and at B to obtain 0.587785. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Kirchhoff–Love plate model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Plate position x / a (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Centerline deflection / maximum (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Plate position x / a (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Centerline deflection / maximum (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.587785)−(0.587785) = 1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Kirchhoff–Love and compatible Mindlin single-mode solutions share this normalized shape but have different bending/shear amplitude formulas. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Mindlin–Reissner plate model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply a single sinusoidal load mode to a simply supported rectangular plate. Plot its normalized centerline deflection. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Plate position x / a (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Centerline deflection / maximum (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

w(x,b/2)/wmax⁡=sin⁡(πx/a)w(x,b/2)/w_{\max}=\sin(\pi x/a)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.587785,q(b)=0.587785q(a)=0.587785,\quad q(b)=0.587785Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.587785−(0.587785)=1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.587785-\left(0.587785\right)=1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.587785, and at B to obtain 0.587785. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Mindlin–Reissner plate model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Plate position x / a (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Centerline deflection / maximum (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Plate position x / a (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Centerline deflection / maximum (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.587785)−(0.587785) = 1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Kirchhoff–Love and compatible Mindlin single-mode solutions share this normalized shape but have different bending/shear amplitude formulas. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Shell model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A thin spherical shell of radius R and thickness t carries uniform internal pressure p. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Pressure loading pR / Et (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Membrane stress σ / E (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.004 with condition B at x = 0.016. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/(E)=12 [pR/(Et)]\sigma/(E)=\tfrac12\,[pR/(Et)]a=0.004,b=0.016a=0.004,\quad b=0.016q(a)=0.002,q(b)=0.008q(a)=0.002,\quad q(b)=0.008Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.008−(0.002)=0.006\Delta q(b)=0.008-\left(0.002\right)=0.006

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.002, and at B to obtain 0.008. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.006. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Shell model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Pressure loading pR / Et (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Membrane stress σ / E (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.014 0.016 Pressure loading pR / Et (dimensionless) 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 Change in Membrane stress σ / E (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.016, 0.006)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.016, Δq = 0.006. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.004.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.008)−(0.002) = 0.006. The magnitude of the response change is 0.006; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Thin-shell membrane approximation, away from supports and local bending disturbances. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Cable and membrane models · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. An ideal flexible cable supports its own uniform weight per arc length; choose a = horizontal tension / weight per length. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Horizontal distance x / a (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Height above lowest point y / a (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y/a=cosh⁡(x/a)−1y/a=\cosh(x/a)-1a=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=0.810656,q(b)=0.810656q(a)=0.810656,\quad q(b)=0.810656Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.810656−(0.810656)=4.44089×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.810656-\left(0.810656\right)=4.44089\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.810656, and at B to obtain 0.810656. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 4.44089e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Cable and membrane models: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Horizontal distance x / a (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Height above lowest point y / a (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Horizontal distance x / a (dimensionless) −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Height above lowest point y / a (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 4.441e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 4.44089e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.810656)−(0.810656) = 4.44089e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 4.44089e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Self-weight catenary, not the parabolic approximation for uniform load per horizontal span. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

von Mises J2 plasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Load monotonically in uniaxial tension from an unstressed state, with no hardening. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Total strain Eε / σy (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial stress / yield stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/σy=min⁡(Eε/σy,1)\sigma/\sigma_y=\min(E\varepsilon/\sigma_y,1)a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.6,q(b)=1q(a)=0.6,\quad q(b)=1Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1−(0.6)=0.4\Delta q(b)=1-\left(0.6\right)=0.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.6, and at B to obtain 1. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

von Mises J2 plasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Total strain Eε / σy (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial stress / yield stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Total strain Eε / σy (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Axial stress / yield stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 0.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 0.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1)−(0.6) = 0.4. The magnitude of the response change is 0.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Uniaxial case where J2 and Tresca coincide; multiaxial yield surfaces differ. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Tresca yield model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Load monotonically in uniaxial tension from an unstressed state, with no hardening. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Total strain Eε / σy (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Axial stress / yield stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/σy=min⁡(Eε/σy,1)\sigma/\sigma_y=\min(E\varepsilon/\sigma_y,1)a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.6,q(b)=1q(a)=0.6,\quad q(b)=1Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1−(0.6)=0.4\Delta q(b)=1-\left(0.6\right)=0.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.6, and at B to obtain 1. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Tresca yield model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Total strain Eε / σy (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Axial stress / yield stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Total strain Eε / σy (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Axial stress / yield stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 0.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 0.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1)−(0.6) = 0.4. The magnitude of the response change is 0.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Uniaxial case where J2 and Tresca coincide; multiaxial yield surfaces differ. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Drucker–Prager plasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Define the illustrative yield line q−0.5p−c=0 with compression-positive pressure p. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Compressive mean stress p / c (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Deviatoric strength q / c (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/c=1+0.5(p/c)q/c=1+0.5(p/c)a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=1.4,q(b)=2.6q(a)=1.4,\quad q(b)=2.6Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.6−(1.4)=1.2\Delta q(b)=2.6-\left(1.4\right)=1.2

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.4, and at B to obtain 2.6. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.2. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Drucker–Prager plasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Compressive mean stress p / c (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Deviatoric strength q / c (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Compressive mean stress p / c (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 Change in Deviatoric strength q / c (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 1.2)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 1.2. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.6)−(1.4) = 1.2. The magnitude of the response change is 1.2; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. A specified pressure/deviatoric convention and slope; different parameter mappings to friction angle exist. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Mohr–Coulomb model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use cohesion c > 0 and friction angle 30 degrees. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Compressive normal stress σn / c (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Shear strength τf / c (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

τf/c=1+(σn/c)tan⁡(30∘)\tau_f/c=1+(\sigma_n/c)\tan(30^\circ)a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=1.46188,q(b)=2.84752q(a)=1.46188,\quad q(b)=2.84752Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.84752−(1.46188)=1.38564\Delta q(b)=2.84752-\left(1.46188\right)=1.38564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.46188, and at B to obtain 2.84752. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.38564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Mohr–Coulomb model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Compressive normal stress σn / c (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Shear strength τf / c (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Compressive normal stress σn / c (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Change in Shear strength τf / c (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 1.386)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 1.38564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.84752)−(1.46188) = 1.38564. The magnitude of the response change is 1.38564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Johnson–Cook model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Set B/A = 0.5, n = 0.5, strain rate equal to its reference value, and homologous temperature zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Equivalent plastic strain (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Flow stress / A (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/A=1+0.5εp\sigma/A=1+0.5\sqrt{\varepsilon_p}a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=1.22361,q(b)=1.44721q(a)=1.22361,\quad q(b)=1.44721Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.44721−(1.22361)=0.223607\Delta q(b)=1.44721-\left(1.22361\right)=0.223607

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.22361, and at B to obtain 1.44721. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.223607. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Johnson–Cook model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Equivalent plastic strain (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Flow stress / A (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Equivalent plastic strain (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Flow stress / A (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.2236)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.223607. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.44721)−(1.22361) = 0.223607. The magnitude of the response change is 0.223607; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative constants, not a calibrated metal response. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Crystal plasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For positive resolved shear choose rate sensitivity m = 0.2 and fixed slip resistance g. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Resolved shear / slip resistance τ/g (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Slip rate / reference rate (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.3 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

γ˙/γ˙0=(τ/g)5\dot\gamma/\dot\gamma_0=(\tau/g)^5a=0.3,b=1.2a=0.3,\quad b=1.2q(a)=0.00243,q(b)=2.48832q(a)=0.00243,\quad q(b)=2.48832Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.48832−(0.00243)=2.48589\Delta q(b)=2.48832-\left(0.00243\right)=2.48589

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.00243, and at B to obtain 2.48832. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.48589. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Crystal plasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Resolved shear / slip resistance τ/g (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Slip rate / reference rate (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 Resolved shear / slip resistance τ/g (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Change in Slip rate / reference rate (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 2.486)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 2.48589. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.3.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.48832)−(0.00243) = 2.48589. The magnitude of the response change is 2.48589; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single-system constitutive evaluation; lattice rotation and hardening are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Maxwell viscoelastic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply a step strain ε₀ to a Maxwell spring–dashpot series element and hold it fixed. Scale stress by Eε₀ and time by η/E. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Stress / initial stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Maxwell viscoelastic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Stress / initial stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Stress / initial stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact one-mode reduction with constant coefficients; additional coupled physics is excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Kelvin–Voigt model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply constant stress σ₀ at t = 0 to an initially undeformed parallel spring and dashpot. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time Et / η (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Normalized creep strain Eε / σ₀ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Eε/σ0=1−e−Et/ηE\varepsilon/\sigma_0=1-e^{-Et/\eta}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Kelvin–Voigt model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time Et / η (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Normalized creep strain Eε / σ₀ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time Et / η (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Normalized creep strain Eε / σ₀ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Standard linear solid · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply a fixed strain step to a standard linear solid with relaxed modulus E∞ = 0.4E0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time t / τ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Stress / initial stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/(E0ε0)=0.4+0.6e−t/τ\sigma/(E_0\varepsilon_0)=0.4+0.6e^{-t/\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.620728,q(b)=0.410989q(a)=0.620728,\quad q(b)=0.410989Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.410989−(0.620728)=−0.209738\Delta q(b)=0.410989-\left(0.620728\right)=-0.209738

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.620728, and at B to obtain 0.410989. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.209738. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Standard linear solid: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time t / τ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Stress / initial stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time t / τ (dimensionless) −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Stress / initial stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.2097)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.209738. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.410989)−(0.620728) = -0.209738. The magnitude of the response change is 0.209738; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Norton creep law · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. At fixed temperature use Norton exponent n = 3 and reference rate Aσ*³. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Stress σ / σ* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Creep rate / reference rate (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.4 with condition B at x = 1.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ε˙/ε˙∗=(σ/σ∗)3\dot\varepsilon/\dot\varepsilon_*=(\sigma/\sigma_*)^3a=0.4,b=1.6a=0.4,\quad b=1.6q(a)=0.064,q(b)=4.096q(a)=0.064,\quad q(b)=4.096Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4.096−(0.064)=4.032\Delta q(b)=4.096-\left(0.064\right)=4.032

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.064, and at B to obtain 4.096. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 4.032. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Norton creep law: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Stress σ / σ* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Creep rate / reference rate (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Stress σ / σ* (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 Change in Creep rate / reference rate (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.6, 4.032)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.6, Δq = 4.032. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4.096)−(0.064) = 4.032. The magnitude of the response change is 4.032; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Steady creep constitutive law at fixed material state and temperature. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the leading mode-I elastic crack-tip field on θ = 0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Distance ahead of tip r / ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled opening stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.44 with condition B at x = 1.61. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σyy/(KI/2πℓ)=(r/ℓ)−1/2\sigma_{yy}/(K_I/\sqrt{2\pi\ell})=(r/\ell)^{-1/2}a=0.44,b=1.61a=0.44,\quad b=1.61q(a)=1.50756,q(b)=0.78811q(a)=1.50756,\quad q(b)=0.78811Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.78811−(1.50756)=−0.719446\Delta q(b)=0.78811-\left(1.50756\right)=-0.719446

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.50756, and at B to obtain 0.78811. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.719446. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Distance ahead of tip r / ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled opening stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Distance ahead of tip r / ℓ (dimensionless) −0.8 −0.7 −0.6 −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Scaled opening stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.61, -0.7194)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.61, Δq = -0.719446. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.44.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.78811)−(1.50756) = -0.719446. The magnitude of the response change is 0.719446; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Near-tip linear-elastic asymptotic field, outside the process zone; the singular tip itself is excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Cohesive-zone model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose peak traction at half the complete-separation opening and linear loading/softening branches. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Opening d = δ / δc (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Traction / peak traction (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

t/tmax⁡={2dd≤0.52(1−d)d>0.5t/t_{\max}=\begin{cases}2d&d\le0.5\\2(1-d)&d>0.5\end{cases}a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.4,q(b)=0.4q(a)=0.4,\quad q(b)=0.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.4−(0.4)=−1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.4-\left(0.4\right)=-1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.4, and at B to obtain 0.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Cohesive-zone model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Opening d = δ / δc (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Traction / peak traction (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Opening d = δ / δc (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Traction / peak traction (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.4)−(0.4) = -1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Monotonic prescribed cohesive law; unloading and mixed-mode effects are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Phase-field fracture model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Minimize the isolated AT2 crack-surface functional with d(0)=1 and d→0 far from the crack, without mechanical driving away from x=0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Distance from crack x / ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Damage d (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -3 with condition B at x = 3. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

d(x)=e−∣x∣/ℓd(x)=e^{-|x|/\ell}a=−3,b=3a=-3,\quad b=3q(a)=0.0497871,q(b)=0.0497871q(a)=0.0497871,\quad q(b)=0.0497871Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0497871−(0.0497871)=0\Delta q(b)=0.0497871-\left(0.0497871\right)=0

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0497871, and at B to obtain 0.0497871. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Phase-field fracture model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Distance from crack x / ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Damage d (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 Distance from crack x / ℓ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Damage d (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3, 0)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3, Δq = 0. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -3.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0497871)−(0.0497871) = 0. The magnitude of the response change is 0; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Stationary isolated crack-profile benchmark, not a coupled fracture-growth solution. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Paris fatigue crack-growth law · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use da/dN=C(ΔK)² and ΔK=Δσ√(πa) with constant stress range and geometry factor one. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Cycle count N / N* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Crack length a / a₀ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.3 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

a/a0=eN/N∗,N∗=(CΔσ2π)−1a/a_0=e^{N/N_*},\quad N_*=(C\Delta\sigma^2\pi)^{-1}a=0.3,b=1.2a=0.3,\quad b=1.2q(a)=1.34986,q(b)=3.32012q(a)=1.34986,\quad q(b)=3.32012Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=3.32012−(1.34986)=1.97026\Delta q(b)=3.32012-\left(1.34986\right)=1.97026

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.34986, and at B to obtain 3.32012. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.97026. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Paris fatigue crack-growth law: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Cycle count N / N* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Crack length a / a₀ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 Cycle count N / N* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Crack length a / a₀ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 1.97)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 1.97026. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.3.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (3.32012)−(1.34986) = 1.97026. The magnitude of the response change is 1.97026; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Only within the Paris regime; threshold, instability, and changing geometry are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Miner cumulative damage rule · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply constant-amplitude cycles with a fixed fatigue life Nf. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Applied cycles / failure cycles n/Nf (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Accumulated damage D (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

D=n/NfD=n/N_fa=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.2,q(b)=0.8q(a)=0.2,\quad q(b)=0.8Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.8−(0.2)=0.6\Delta q(b)=0.8-\left(0.2\right)=0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.2, and at B to obtain 0.8. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Miner cumulative damage rule: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Applied cycles / failure cycles n/Nf (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Accumulated damage D (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Applied cycles / failure cycles n/Nf (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Accumulated damage D (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.8)−(0.2) = 0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linear accumulation hypothesis, not a physical guarantee of failure at exactly D=1. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Archard wear model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold wear coefficient k, normal force W, and hardness H constant. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Sliding distance s / s* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled wear volume VH / kWs* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

VH/(kWs∗)=s/s∗VH/(kWs_*)=s/s_*a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=1,q(b)=4q(a)=1,\quad q(b)=4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4−(1)=3\Delta q(b)=4-\left(1\right)=3

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1, and at B to obtain 4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Archard wear model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Sliding distance s / s* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled wear volume VH / kWs* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Sliding distance s / s* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Change in Scaled wear volume VH / kWs* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 3)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 3. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4)−(1) = 3. The magnitude of the response change is 3; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Steady Archard wear regime with no changes in contact, debris, or material properties. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Newton–Euler rigid-body model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A rigid body starts at rest with constant net force-to-mass ratio 1 m/s² along one axis and zero net torque. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Elapsed time t (s)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement x (m)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

x(t)=12at2,a=1  m/s2x(t)=\tfrac12at^2,\quad a=1\;\mathrm{m/s^2}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.5,q(b)=8q(a)=0.5,\quad q(b)=8Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=8−(0.5)=7.5\Delta q(b)=8-\left(0.5\right)=7.5

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.5, and at B to obtain 8. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 7.5. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Newton–Euler rigid-body model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Elapsed time t (s). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement x (m). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Elapsed time t (s) 0 2 4 6 8 Change in Displacement x (m) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 7.5)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 7.5. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (8)−(0.5) = 7.5. The magnitude of the response change is 7.5; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single translational degree of freedom; the remaining forces, torques, and rotational motion are set to zero. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Six-degree-of-freedom flight model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A rigid body starts at rest with constant net force-to-mass ratio 1 m/s² along one axis and zero net torque. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Elapsed time t (s)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement x (m)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

x(t)=12at2,a=1  m/s2x(t)=\tfrac12at^2,\quad a=1\;\mathrm{m/s^2}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.5,q(b)=8q(a)=0.5,\quad q(b)=8Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=8−(0.5)=7.5\Delta q(b)=8-\left(0.5\right)=7.5

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.5, and at B to obtain 8. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 7.5. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Six-degree-of-freedom flight model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Elapsed time t (s). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement x (m). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Elapsed time t (s) 0 2 4 6 8 Change in Displacement x (m) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 7.5)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 7.5. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (8)−(0.5) = 7.5. The magnitude of the response change is 7.5; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single translational degree of freedom; the remaining forces, torques, and rotational motion are set to zero. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lagrangian mechanics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phase ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.51327 with condition B at x = 10.0531. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)a=2.51327,b=10.0531a=2.51327,\quad b=10.0531q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=−0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=-0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.809017−(−0.809017)=−3.33067×10−16\Delta q(b)=-0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=-3.33067\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain -0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.33067e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lagrangian mechanics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phase ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Phase ωt (radian) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (10.05, -3.331e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 10.0531, Δq = -3.33067e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.51327.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.809017)−(-0.809017) = -3.33067e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.33067e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hamiltonian mechanics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phase ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.51327 with condition B at x = 10.0531. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)a=2.51327,b=10.0531a=2.51327,\quad b=10.0531q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=−0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=-0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.809017−(−0.809017)=−3.33067×10−16\Delta q(b)=-0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=-3.33067\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain -0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.33067e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hamiltonian mechanics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phase ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Phase ωt (radian) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (10.05, -3.331e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 10.0531, Δq = -3.33067e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.51327.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.809017)−(-0.809017) = -3.33067e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.33067e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Mass–spring–damper model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phase ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.51327 with condition B at x = 10.0531. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)a=2.51327,b=10.0531a=2.51327,\quad b=10.0531q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=−0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=-0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.809017−(−0.809017)=−3.33067×10−16\Delta q(b)=-0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=-3.33067\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain -0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.33067e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Mass–spring–damper model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phase ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Phase ωt (radian) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (10.05, -3.331e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 10.0531, Δq = -3.33067e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.51327.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.809017)−(-0.809017) = -3.33067e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.33067e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Multibody dynamics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose a single unconstrained linear mode with zero damping, initial displacement A, and zero velocity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phase ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.51327 with condition B at x = 10.0531. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)a=2.51327,b=10.0531a=2.51327,\quad b=10.0531q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=−0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=-0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.809017−(−0.809017)=−3.33067×10−16\Delta q(b)=-0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=-3.33067\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain -0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.33067e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Multibody dynamics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phase ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Phase ωt (radian) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (10.05, -3.331e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 10.0531, Δq = -3.33067e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.51327.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.809017)−(-0.809017) = -3.33067e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.33067e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact single harmonic mode; multibody constraints and other modal couplings are absent. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Duffing oscillator · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For positive linear and cubic stiffness choose ℓ=√(k/β). Find the force needed to hold a static displacement. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Static displacement x / ℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Static force / kℓ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

F/(kℓ)=q+q3,q=x/ℓF/(k\ell)=q+q^3,\quad q=x/\ella=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=−2.928,q(b)=2.928q(a)=-2.928,\quad q(b)=2.928Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.928−(−2.928)=5.856\Delta q(b)=2.928-\left(-2.928\right)=5.856

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -2.928, and at B to obtain 2.928. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.856. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Duffing oscillator: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Static displacement x / ℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Static force / kℓ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Static displacement x / ℓ (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Change in Static force / kℓ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 5.856)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 5.856. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.928)−(-2.928) = 5.856. The magnitude of the response change is 5.856; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Static hardening equilibrium curve, not a forced nonlinear transient or resonance calculation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Linear acoustic wave model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Acoustic pressure / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Linear acoustic wave model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Acoustic pressure / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Acoustic pressure / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Transmission-line acoustic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Acoustic pressure / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Transmission-line acoustic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Acoustic pressure / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Acoustic pressure / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Maxwell electromagnetic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Electric-field component / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Maxwell electromagnetic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Electric-field component / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Electric-field component / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Transmission-line electrical model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Line voltage / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Transmission-line electrical model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Line voltage / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Line voltage / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Elastic seismic-wave model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Elastic displacement / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Elastic seismic-wave model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Elastic displacement / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Elastic displacement / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Transverse velocity perturbation / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Transverse velocity perturbation / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Transverse velocity perturbation / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional sinusoidal wave in a uniform, lossless linear medium. Plot the normalized field at time zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Electric-field component / amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Finite-difference time-domain (FDTD): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Electric-field component / amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Electric-field component / amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. An acoustic, electromagnetic, elastic, or linear Alfvén-wave reference as appropriate. For MHD this is the small transverse perturbation of a uniform magnetized equilibrium; for FDTD it is an exact target, not a discretized result. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Helmholtz acoustic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve p″+k²p=0 with pressure-release endpoints and choose the first nonzero eigenmode. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure amplitude / P (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

p(x)/P=sin⁡(πx/L),k=π/Lp(x)/P=\sin(\pi x/L),\quad k=\pi/La=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.587785,q(b)=0.587785q(a)=0.587785,\quad q(b)=0.587785Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.587785−(0.587785)=1.11022×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.587785-\left(0.587785\right)=1.11022\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.587785, and at B to obtain 0.587785. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.11022e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Helmholtz acoustic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure amplitude / P (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Pressure amplitude / P (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 1.11e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 1.11022e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.587785)−(0.587785) = 1.11022e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 1.11022e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Electrostatic Poisson model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve φ″ = −ρ/ε for constant charge density between φ(0)=φ(L)=0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position ξ = x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled electrostatic potential (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ϕ/(ρL2/ϵ)=12ξ(1−ξ)\phi/(\rho L^2/\epsilon)=\tfrac12\xi(1-\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.08,q(b)=0.08q(a)=0.08,\quad q(b)=0.08Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.08−(0.08)=−2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.08-\left(0.08\right)=-2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.08, and at B to obtain 0.08. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Electrostatic Poisson model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position ξ = x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled electrostatic potential (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position ξ = x / L (dimensionless) 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 Change in Scaled electrostatic potential (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.08)−(0.08) = -2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Magnetostatic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Consider the exterior of a long straight wire of radius a carrying steady current I in vacuum. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Radius from wire r / a (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Magnetic field / surface value (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.8 with condition B at x = 4.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

B/(μ0I/2πa)=a/rB/(\mu_0 I/2\pi a)=a/ra=1.8,b=4.2a=1.8,\quad b=4.2q(a)=0.555556,q(b)=0.238095q(a)=0.555556,\quad q(b)=0.238095Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.238095−(0.555556)=−0.31746\Delta q(b)=0.238095-\left(0.555556\right)=-0.31746

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.555556, and at B to obtain 0.238095. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.31746. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Magnetostatic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Radius from wire r / a (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Magnetic field / surface value (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Radius from wire r / a (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Magnetic field / surface value (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.2, -0.3175)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.2, Δq = -0.31746. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.238095)−(0.555556) = -0.31746. The magnitude of the response change is 0.31746; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exterior field of an ideal long wire; end effects are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Eddy-current model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A sinusoidal magnetic field penetrates a homogeneous conducting half-space with skin depth δ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Depth x / skin depth δ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Magnetic-field amplitude fraction (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

∣B(x)∣/∣B(0)∣=e−x/δ|B(x)|/|B(0)|=e^{-x/\delta}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Eddy-current model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Depth x / skin depth δ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Magnetic-field amplitude fraction (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Depth x / skin depth δ (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Magnetic-field amplitude fraction (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linear conductor with constant conductivity and permeability; displacement current neglected. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Magnetic-circuit model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a single magnetic circuit of fixed reluctance ℛ with no leakage. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Magnetomotive force / ℛΦ* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Magnetic flux Φ / Φ* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Φ/Φ∗=(NI)/(RΦ∗)\Phi/\Phi_*=(NI)/(\mathcal R\Phi_*)a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.6,q(b)=2.4q(a)=0.6,\quad q(b)=2.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.4−(0.6)=1.8\Delta q(b)=2.4-\left(0.6\right)=1.8

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.6, and at B to obtain 2.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.8. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Magnetic-circuit model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Magnetomotive force / ℛΦ* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Magnetic flux Φ / Φ* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Magnetomotive force / ℛΦ* (dimensionless) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 Change in Magnetic flux Φ / Φ* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 1.8)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 1.8. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.4)−(0.6) = 1.8. The magnitude of the response change is 1.8; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linear unsaturated material and fixed geometry. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Jiles–Atherton hysteresis model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate the Langevin-form anhysteretic component of a Jiles–Atherton model, using its zero-field limit M=0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Effective field / anhysteretic scale (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Anhysteretic magnetization / saturation (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -3 with condition B at x = 3. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Man/Ms=coth⁡h−1/hM_{an}/M_s=\coth h-1/ha=−3,b=3a=-3,\quad b=3q(a)=−0.671636,q(b)=0.671636q(a)=-0.671636,\quad q(b)=0.671636Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.671636−(−0.671636)=1.34327\Delta q(b)=0.671636-\left(-0.671636\right)=1.34327

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.671636, and at B to obtain 0.671636. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.34327. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Jiles–Atherton hysteresis model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Effective field / anhysteretic scale (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Anhysteretic magnetization / saturation (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 Effective field / anhysteretic scale (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Change in Anhysteretic magnetization / saturation (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3, 1.343)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3, Δq = 1.34327. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -3.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.671636)−(-0.671636) = 1.34327. The magnitude of the response change is 1.34327; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Anhysteretic reference only, not the history-dependent hysteresis loop. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Geometrical optics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A ray crosses a plane interface from index 1 into index 1.5. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Incident angle θ₁ (degree)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Refracted angle θ₂ (degree)). Compare condition A at x = 16 with condition B at x = 64. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

θ2=arcsin⁡[sin⁡(θ1)/1.5]\theta_2=\arcsin[\sin(\theta_1)/1.5]a=16,b=64a=16,\quad b=64q(a)=10.5887,q(b)=36.8123q(a)=10.5887,\quad q(b)=36.8123Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=36.8123−(10.5887)=26.2236\Delta q(b)=36.8123-\left(10.5887\right)=26.2236

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 10.5887, and at B to obtain 36.8123. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 26.2236. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Geometrical optics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Incident angle θ₁ (degree). Vertical axis: Change in Refracted angle θ₂ (degree). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 20 30 40 50 60 Incident angle θ₁ (degree) 0 5 10 15 20 25 Change in Refracted angle θ₂ (degree) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (64, 26.22)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 64, Δq = 26.2236. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 16.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (36.8123)−(10.5887) = 26.2236. The magnitude of the response change is 26.2236; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Scalar diffraction model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Illuminate a slit of width a uniformly with monochromatic coherent light and observe the Fraunhofer pattern. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Diffraction coordinate u = πa sinθ / λ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Intensity I / I₀ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -4.8 with condition B at x = 4.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

I/I0=[sin⁡uu]2I/I_0=\left[\frac{\sin u}{u}\right]^2a=−4.8,b=4.8a=-4.8,\quad b=4.8q(a)=0.0430705,q(b)=0.0430705q(a)=0.0430705,\quad q(b)=0.0430705Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0430705−(0.0430705)=−3.46945×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0430705-\left(0.0430705\right)=-3.46945\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0430705, and at B to obtain 0.0430705. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.46945e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Scalar diffraction model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Diffraction coordinate u = πa sinθ / λ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Intensity I / I₀ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −4 −2 0 2 4 Diffraction coordinate u = πa sinθ / λ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Intensity I / I₀ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.8, -3.469e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.8, Δq = -3.46945e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -4.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0430705)−(0.0430705) = -3.46945e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 3.46945e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Gaussian beam model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. At a fixed axial plane, take a fundamental paraxial Gaussian beam with 1/e² intensity radius w. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Transverse position / beam radius w (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Relative intensity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

I(r)/I(0)=e−2(r/w)2I(r)/I(0)=e^{-2(r/w)^2}a=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=0.0561348,q(b)=0.0561348q(a)=0.0561348,\quad q(b)=0.0561348Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0561348−(0.0561348)=−4.85723×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0561348-\left(0.0561348\right)=-4.85723\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0561348, and at B to obtain 0.0561348. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -4.85723e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Gaussian beam model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Transverse position / beam radius w (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Relative intensity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Transverse position / beam radius w (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Relative intensity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, -4.857e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = -4.85723e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0561348)−(0.0561348) = -4.85723e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 4.85723e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One transverse cut at a fixed plane; w changes with axial distance. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Drude–Lorentz optical model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take the free-electron Drude limit with zero collision rate, no Lorentz resonances, and background permittivity one. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Frequency ω / plasma frequency ωp (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Relative permittivity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 2.5. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ϵr=1−(ωp/ω)2\epsilon_r=1-(\omega_p/\omega)^2a=1,b=2.5a=1,\quad b=2.5q(a)=0,q(b)=0.84q(a)=0,\quad q(b)=0.84Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.84−(0)=0.84\Delta q(b)=0.84-\left(0\right)=0.84

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0, and at B to obtain 0.84. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.84. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Drude–Lorentz optical model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Frequency ω / plasma frequency ωp (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Relative permittivity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 Frequency ω / plasma frequency ωp (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Change in Relative permittivity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.5, 0.84)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.5, Δq = 0.84. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.84)−(0) = 0.84. The magnitude of the response change is 0.84; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Lossless frequency-domain special case; the zero-frequency singular point is excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lumped RLC circuit model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Set inductance to zero and apply a voltage step Vs to a series resistor and initially uncharged capacitor. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time t / RC (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Capacitor voltage / supply (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

VC/Vs=1−e−t/(RC)V_C/V_s=1-e^{-t/(RC)}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lumped RLC circuit model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time t / RC (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Capacitor voltage / supply (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time t / RC (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Capacitor voltage / supply (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. RC limiting circuit, not a general second-order RLC transient. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Shockley diode model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate the Shockley diode law without series resistance or reverse breakdown. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Voltage V / nVT (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Current I / saturation current (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

I/Is=eV/(nVT)−1I/I_s=e^{V/(nV_T)}-1a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=−0.834701,q(b)=5.04965q(a)=-0.834701,\quad q(b)=5.04965Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=5.04965−(−0.834701)=5.88435\Delta q(b)=5.04965-\left(-0.834701\right)=5.88435

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.834701, and at B to obtain 5.04965. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.88435. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Shockley diode model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Voltage V / nVT (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Current I / saturation current (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Voltage V / nVT (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Change in Current I / saturation current (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, 5.884)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = 5.88435. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (5.04965)−(-0.834701) = 5.88435. The magnitude of the response change is 5.88435; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Ebers–Moll transistor model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the forward-active Ebers–Moll branch and neglect the reverse junction contribution. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Base–emitter voltage / thermal voltage (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled collector current (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

IC/(αFIES)=eVBE/VT−1I_C/(\alpha_F I_{ES})=e^{V_{BE}/V_T}-1a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=1.22554,q(b)=23.5325q(a)=1.22554,\quad q(b)=23.5325Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=23.5325−(1.22554)=22.307\Delta q(b)=23.5325-\left(1.22554\right)=22.307

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.22554, and at B to obtain 23.5325. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 22.307. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Ebers–Moll transistor model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Base–emitter voltage / thermal voltage (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled collector current (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Base–emitter voltage / thermal voltage (dimensionless) 0 5 10 15 20 Change in Scaled collector current (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 22.31)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 22.307. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (23.5325)−(1.22554) = 22.307. The magnitude of the response change is 22.307; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Forward-active approximation; no saturation, Early effect, or breakdown. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

MOSFET square-law model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a long-channel MOSFET in strong-inversion saturation with constant mobility and no channel-length modulation. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Gate overdrive / reference voltage (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled drain current (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ID/(βV∗2/2)=[(VGS−Vth)/V∗]2I_D/(\beta V_*^2/2)=[(V_{GS}-V_{th})/V_*]^2a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.36,q(b)=5.76q(a)=0.36,\quad q(b)=5.76Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=5.76−(0.36)=5.4\Delta q(b)=5.76-\left(0.36\right)=5.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.36, and at B to obtain 5.76. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

MOSFET square-law model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Gate overdrive / reference voltage (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled drain current (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Gate overdrive / reference voltage (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Change in Scaled drain current (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 5.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 5.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (5.76)−(0.36) = 5.4. The magnitude of the response change is 5.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

BSIM compact-model family · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal weak-inversion exponential trend at fixed drain bias as a compact-model check. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled gate bias (VGS−V*) / nVT (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Drain current / reference current (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -3 with condition B at x = 0. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ID/I∗=e(VGS−V∗)/(nVT)I_D/I_*=e^{(V_{GS}-V_*)/(nV_T)}a=−3,b=0a=-3,\quad b=0q(a)=0.0497871,q(b)=1q(a)=0.0497871,\quad q(b)=1Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1−(0.0497871)=0.950213\Delta q(b)=1-\left(0.0497871\right)=0.950213

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0497871, and at B to obtain 1. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.950213. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

BSIM compact-model family: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled gate bias (VGS−V*) / nVT (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Drain current / reference current (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −3.0 −2.5 −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Scaled gate bias (VGS−V*) / nVT (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Drain current / reference current (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0, 0.9502)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0, Δq = 0.950213. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -3.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1)−(0.0497871) = 0.950213. The magnitude of the response change is 0.950213; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Asymptotic benchmark only; not the complete BSIM equations or a result from a foundry model card. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Drift–diffusion semiconductor model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take uniform electron density n, fixed mobility μ, and a low-field steady state. The density gradient is zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Electric field E / E* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Current density / qnμE* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

J/(qnμE∗)=E/E∗J/(qn\mu E_*)=E/E_*a=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=−1.2,q(b)=1.2q(a)=-1.2,\quad q(b)=1.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.2−(−1.2)=2.4\Delta q(b)=1.2-\left(-1.2\right)=2.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -1.2, and at B to obtain 1.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Drift–diffusion semiconductor model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Electric field E / E* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Current density / qnμE* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Electric field E / E* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Change in Current density / qnμE* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 2.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 2.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.2)−(-1.2) = 2.4. The magnitude of the response change is 2.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Low-field isothermal drift limit; carrier heating and higher hydrodynamic moments are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hydrodynamic carrier model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take uniform electron density n, fixed mobility μ, and a low-field steady state. The density gradient is zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Electric field E / E* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Current density / qnμE* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

J/(qnμE∗)=E/E∗J/(qn\mu E_*)=E/E_*a=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=−1.2,q(b)=1.2q(a)=-1.2,\quad q(b)=1.2Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.2−(−1.2)=2.4\Delta q(b)=1.2-\left(-1.2\right)=2.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -1.2, and at B to obtain 1.2. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hydrodynamic carrier model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Electric field E / E* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Current density / qnμE* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Electric field E / E* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Change in Current density / qnμE* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, 2.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = 2.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.2)−(-1.2) = 2.4. The magnitude of the response change is 2.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Low-field isothermal drift limit; carrier heating and higher hydrodynamic moments are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Nernst equilibrium potential · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For Ox+ne− ⇌ Red use ideal specified activities and fixed temperature. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Oxidized / reduced activity ratio (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled equilibrium potential (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.08 with condition B at x = 8.02. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

nF(E−E∘)/(RT)=ln⁡(aox/ared)nF(E-E^\circ)/(RT)=\ln(a_{ox}/a_{red})a=2.08,b=8.02a=2.08,\quad b=8.02q(a)=0.732368,q(b)=2.08194q(a)=0.732368,\quad q(b)=2.08194Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.08194−(0.732368)=1.34957\Delta q(b)=2.08194-\left(0.732368\right)=1.34957

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.732368, and at B to obtain 2.08194. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.34957. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Nernst equilibrium potential: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Oxidized / reduced activity ratio (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled equilibrium potential (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Oxidized / reduced activity ratio (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Change in Scaled equilibrium potential (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (8.02, 1.35)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 8.02, Δq = 1.34957. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.08.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.08194)−(0.732368) = 1.34957. The magnitude of the response change is 1.34957; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Butler–Volmer kinetics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Set anodic and cathodic transfer coefficients to one half, with one-electron charge convention. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Overpotential Fη / RT (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Current density / exchange current (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -2.4 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

j/j0=2sinh⁡(η∗/2),η∗=Fη/(RT)j/j_0=2\sinh(\eta_*/2),\quad\eta_*=F\eta/(RT)a=−2.4,b=2.4a=-2.4,\quad b=2.4q(a)=−3.01892,q(b)=3.01892q(a)=-3.01892,\quad q(b)=3.01892Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=3.01892−(−3.01892)=6.03785\Delta q(b)=3.01892-\left(-3.01892\right)=6.03785

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -3.01892, and at B to obtain 3.01892. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 6.03785. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Butler–Volmer kinetics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Overpotential Fη / RT (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Current density / exchange current (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −2 −1 0 1 2 Overpotential Fη / RT (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Change in Current density / exchange current (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 6.038)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 6.03785. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -2.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (3.01892)−(-3.01892) = 6.03785. The magnitude of the response change is 6.03785; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Tafel approximation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the anodic high-overpotential regime where the cathodic exponential is negligible. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Anodic current / exchange current (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled overpotential αFη / RT (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 28 with condition B at x = 82. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

αFη/(RT)=ln⁡(j/j0)\alpha F\eta/(RT)=\ln(j/j_0)a=28,b=82a=28,\quad b=82q(a)=3.3322,q(b)=4.40672q(a)=3.3322,\quad q(b)=4.40672Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4.40672−(3.3322)=1.07451\Delta q(b)=4.40672-\left(3.3322\right)=1.07451

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 3.3322, and at B to obtain 4.40672. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.07451. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Tafel approximation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Anodic current / exchange current (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled overpotential αFη / RT (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 30 40 50 60 70 80 Anodic current / exchange current (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 Change in Scaled overpotential αFη / RT (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (82, 1.075)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 82, Δq = 1.07451. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 28.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4.40672)−(3.3322) = 1.07451. The magnitude of the response change is 1.07451; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Asymptotic approximation, plotted well above j/j0=1; not valid near equilibrium. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Poisson–Nernst–Planck model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. At zero ionic flux, linearize a symmetric dilute electrolyte near equilibrium next to a planar wall. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Distance / Debye length (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Potential / wall potential (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ϕ/ϕ0=e−x/λD\phi/\phi_0=e^{-x/\lambda_D}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Poisson–Nernst–Planck model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Distance / Debye length (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Potential / wall potential (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Distance / Debye length (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Potential / wall potential (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Debye–Hückel equilibrium limit of PNP, requiring |zFφ|≪RT; no driven ionic transport. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Doyle–Fuller–Newman (DFN/P2D) model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Start with a spherical active particle of radius R and mean concentration c*. Impose constant outward molar flux jout. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.05 with condition B at x = 0.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

cˉ/c∗=1−3τ,τ=joutt/(Rc∗)\bar c/c_* =1-3\tau,\quad\tau=j_{out}t/(Rc_*)a=0.05,b=0.2a=0.05,\quad b=0.2q(a)=0.85,q(b)=0.4q(a)=0.85,\quad q(b)=0.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.4−(0.85)=−0.45\Delta q(b)=0.4-\left(0.85\right)=-0.45

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.85, and at B to obtain 0.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.45. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Doyle–Fuller–Newman (DFN/P2D) model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless) −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.2, -0.45)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.2, Δq = -0.45. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.05.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.4)−(0.85) = -0.45. The magnitude of the response change is 0.45; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact particle mass balance shared by DFN, SPM, and SPMe. It does not give the radial profile, terminal voltage, electrolyte dynamics, or a usable-capacity prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Single-particle battery model (SPM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Start with a spherical active particle of radius R and mean concentration c*. Impose constant outward molar flux jout. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.05 with condition B at x = 0.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

cˉ/c∗=1−3τ,τ=joutt/(Rc∗)\bar c/c_* =1-3\tau,\quad\tau=j_{out}t/(Rc_*)a=0.05,b=0.2a=0.05,\quad b=0.2q(a)=0.85,q(b)=0.4q(a)=0.85,\quad q(b)=0.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.4−(0.85)=−0.45\Delta q(b)=0.4-\left(0.85\right)=-0.45

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.85, and at B to obtain 0.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.45. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Single-particle battery model (SPM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless) −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.2, -0.45)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.2, Δq = -0.45. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.05.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.4)−(0.85) = -0.45. The magnitude of the response change is 0.45; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact particle mass balance shared by DFN, SPM, and SPMe. It does not give the radial profile, terminal voltage, electrolyte dynamics, or a usable-capacity prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Single-particle model with electrolyte (SPMe) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Start with a spherical active particle of radius R and mean concentration c*. Impose constant outward molar flux jout. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.05 with condition B at x = 0.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

cˉ/c∗=1−3τ,τ=joutt/(Rc∗)\bar c/c_* =1-3\tau,\quad\tau=j_{out}t/(Rc_*)a=0.05,b=0.2a=0.05,\quad b=0.2q(a)=0.85,q(b)=0.4q(a)=0.85,\quad q(b)=0.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.4−(0.85)=−0.45\Delta q(b)=0.4-\left(0.85\right)=-0.45

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.85, and at B to obtain 0.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.45. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Single-particle model with electrolyte (SPMe): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 Extraction coordinate jout t / Rc* (dimensionless) −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Particle-average concentration / c* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.2, -0.45)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.2, Δq = -0.45. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.05.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.4)−(0.85) = -0.45. The magnitude of the response change is 0.45; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact particle mass balance shared by DFN, SPM, and SPMe. It does not give the radial profile, terminal voltage, electrolyte dynamics, or a usable-capacity prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Equivalent-circuit battery model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply a constant current I to an initially relaxed single-RC battery polarization branch. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / polarization RC constant (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Polarization voltage / IRp (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Vp/(IRp)=1−e−t/(RpCp)V_p/(IR_p)=1-e^{-t/(R_pC_p)}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Equivalent-circuit battery model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / polarization RC constant (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Polarization voltage / IRp (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / polarization RC constant (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Polarization voltage / IRp (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One branch with fixed parameters; state of charge and open-circuit voltage are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Darcy porous-flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Let G=−dp/dx be positive, and hold permeability k and viscosity μ constant. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Driving pressure gradient G / G* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled Darcy velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/(kG∗/μ)=G/G∗u/(kG_*/\mu)=G/G_*a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.6,q(b)=2.4q(a)=0.6,\quad q(b)=2.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.4−(0.6)=1.8\Delta q(b)=2.4-\left(0.6\right)=1.8

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.6, and at B to obtain 2.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.8. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Darcy porous-flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Driving pressure gradient G / G* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled Darcy velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Driving pressure gradient G / G* (dimensionless) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 Change in Scaled Darcy velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 1.8)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 1.8. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.4)−(0.6) = 1.8. The magnitude of the response change is 1.8; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single-phase creeping flow in a homogeneous porous medium. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Brinkman porous-flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve μe u″−μu/k+G=0 between no-slip walls ±H. Choose screening length ℓ=√(μe k/μ) and H/ℓ=2. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Transverse position x / H (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Velocity / Darcy bulk velocity (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u/(kG/μ)=1−cosh⁡(x/ℓ)/cosh⁡(H/ℓ),H/ℓ=2u/(kG/\mu)=1-\cosh(x/\ell)/\cosh(H/\ell),\quad H/\ell=2a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=0.518724,q(b)=0.518724q(a)=0.518724,\quad q(b)=0.518724Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.518724−(0.518724)=−2.22045×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.518724-\left(0.518724\right)=-2.22045\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.518724, and at B to obtain 0.518724. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -2.22045e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Brinkman porous-flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Transverse position x / H (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Velocity / Darcy bulk velocity (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Transverse position x / H (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 Change in Velocity / Darcy bulk velocity (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, -2.22e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = -2.22045e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.518724)−(0.518724) = -2.22045e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 2.22045e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Forchheimer model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose velocity and gradient scales so that the linear and quadratic drag coefficients are both one. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled positive velocity v (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled pressure gradient (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

G/G∗=v+v2G/G_*=v+v^2a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.96,q(b)=8.16q(a)=0.96,\quad q(b)=8.16Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=8.16−(0.96)=7.2\Delta q(b)=8.16-\left(0.96\right)=7.2

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.96, and at B to obtain 8.16. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 7.2. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Forchheimer model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled positive velocity v (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled pressure gradient (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Scaled positive velocity v (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Change in Scaled pressure gradient (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 7.2)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 7.2. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (8.16)−(0.96) = 7.2. The magnitude of the response change is 7.2; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Richards equation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Linearize moisture capacity and hydraulic conductivity about a uniform reference state, neglect gravity, and solve the resulting diffusion equation on a slab. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure-head perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Richards equation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure-head perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Pressure-head perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Constant-coefficient linearization of Richards’ equation. The nonlinear retention and conductivity changes are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

van Genuchten retention model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose n=2 and m=1−1/n=1/2 for a drying retention curve. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Scaled suction α|h| (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Effective saturation Se (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Se=[1+(α∣h∣)2]−1/2S_e=[1+(\alpha|h|)^2]^{-1/2}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.707107,q(b)=0.242536q(a)=0.707107,\quad q(b)=0.242536Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.242536−(0.707107)=−0.464571\Delta q(b)=0.242536-\left(0.707107\right)=-0.464571

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.707107, and at B to obtain 0.242536. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.464571. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

van Genuchten retention model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Scaled suction α|h| (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Effective saturation Se (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Scaled suction α|h| (dimensionless) −0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Effective saturation Se (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.4646)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.464571. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.242536)−(0.707107) = -0.464571. The magnitude of the response change is 0.464571; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Retention relation only; hysteresis and conductivity are not evaluated. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Biot poroelasticity · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use one-dimensional linear consolidation with drained ends and an initial excess pore-pressure mode sin(πx/L). Plot cvt/L²=0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Excess pore pressure / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Biot poroelasticity: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Excess pore pressure / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Excess pore pressure / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact single-mode Terzaghi solution and a compatible one-dimensional poroelastic reduction; not an arbitrary initial loading history. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Terzaghi consolidation model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use one-dimensional linear consolidation with drained ends and an initial excess pore-pressure mode sin(πx/L). Plot cvt/L²=0.1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Excess pore pressure / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Terzaghi consolidation model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Excess pore pressure / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Excess pore pressure / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact single-mode Terzaghi solution and a compatible one-dimensional poroelastic reduction; not an arbitrary initial loading history. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Modified Cam-Clay model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold preconsolidation pressure pc and critical-state slope M fixed. Plot the compression-positive yield locus. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Mean effective pressure p / pc (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Deviatoric stress q / Mpc (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/(Mpc)=(p/pc)(1−p/pc)q/(Mp_c)=\sqrt{(p/p_c)(1-p/p_c)}a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.4,q(b)=0.4q(a)=0.4,\quad q(b)=0.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.4−(0.4)=−5.55112×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.4-\left(0.4\right)=-5.55112\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.4, and at B to obtain 0.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -5.55112e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Modified Cam-Clay model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Mean effective pressure p / pc (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Deviatoric stress q / Mpc (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Mean effective pressure p / pc (dimensionless) 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 Change in Deviatoric stress q / Mpc (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -5.551e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -5.55112e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.4)−(0.4) = -5.55112e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 5.55112e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Yield-surface geometry only; hardening and stress-path evolution are not solved. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Saint-Venant shallow-water model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Linearize shallow-water dynamics about rest at constant depth H; the wave speed is √(gH). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Surface elevation / wave amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Saint-Venant shallow-water model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Surface elevation / wave amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Surface elevation / wave amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Small free-surface perturbation in a constant-depth channel, without friction or dispersion. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Kinematic-wave routing · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the linear routing equation ht+hx=0 with initial Gaussian pulse exp(−x²). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Channel position x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Flow-depth perturbation h (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.4 with condition B at x = 3.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

h(x,1)=e−(x−1)2h(x,1)=e^{-(x-1)^2}a=−1.4,b=3.4a=-1.4,\quad b=3.4q(a)=0.00315111,q(b)=0.00315111q(a)=0.00315111,\quad q(b)=0.00315111Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.00315111−(0.00315111)=−5.63785×10−18\Delta q(b)=0.00315111-\left(0.00315111\right)=-5.63785\times10^{-18}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.00315111, and at B to obtain 0.00315111. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -5.63785e-18. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Kinematic-wave routing: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Channel position x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Flow-depth perturbation h (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1 0 1 2 3 Channel position x (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Flow-depth perturbation h (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.4, -5.638e-18)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.4, Δq = -5.63785e-18. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.00315111)−(0.00315111) = -5.63785e-18. The magnitude of the response change is 5.63785e-18; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Constant-celerity reduction; nonlinear depth-dependent routing can distort or steepen the pulse. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Rainfall–runoff model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. After rainfall stops, let storage S obey S′=−S/K and outflow Q=S/K. Normalize either by its initial value. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Reservoir outflow / initial outflow (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Rainfall–runoff model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Reservoir outflow / initial outflow (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Reservoir outflow / initial outflow (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-reservoir rainfall–runoff component; no new rain, infiltration, or additional routing stores. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Advection–dispersion groundwater model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. On an infinite line take velocity one, dispersion coefficient 0.1, and initial concentration exp(−x²). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Distance x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Tracer concentration (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.4 with condition B at x = 3.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

c(x,1)=11.4e−(x−1)2/1.4c(x,1)=\frac1{\sqrt{1.4}}e^{-(x-1)^2/1.4}a=−1.4,b=3.4a=-1.4,\quad b=3.4q(a)=0.0138078,q(b)=0.0138078q(a)=0.0138078,\quad q(b)=0.0138078Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0138078−(0.0138078)=−1.38778×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0138078-\left(0.0138078\right)=-1.38778\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0138078, and at B to obtain 0.0138078. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.38778e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Advection–dispersion groundwater model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Distance x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Tracer concentration (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1 0 1 2 3 Distance x (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Change in Tracer concentration (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.4, -1.388e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.4, Δq = -1.38778e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0138078)−(0.0138078) = -1.38778e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 1.38778e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Homogeneous advection–dispersion with no reactions or sorption. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Numerical weather prediction · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal gas at constant temperature and constant gravity, with density ρ0 at height zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Density / base density (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ρ(z)/ρ0=e−z/H\rho(z)/\rho_0=e^{-z/H}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Numerical weather prediction: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Density / base density (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Density / base density (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Hydrostatic column benchmark only. For stellar structure this approximates a thin isothermal layer, not an entire star; radiation, convection, and dynamics are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

General circulation model (GCM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal gas at constant temperature and constant gravity, with density ρ0 at height zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Density / base density (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ρ(z)/ρ0=e−z/H\rho(z)/\rho_0=e^{-z/H}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

General circulation model (GCM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Density / base density (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Density / base density (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Hydrostatic column benchmark only. For stellar structure this approximates a thin isothermal layer, not an entire star; radiation, convection, and dynamics are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Stellar structure model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use an ideal gas at constant temperature and constant gravity, with density ρ0 at height zero. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Density / base density (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ρ(z)/ρ0=e−z/H\rho(z)/\rho_0=e^{-z/H}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Stellar structure model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Density / base density (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Height / pressure scale height H (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Density / base density (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Hydrostatic column benchmark only. For stellar structure this approximates a thin isothermal layer, not an entire star; radiation, convection, and dynamics are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Earth system model (ESM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a constant radiative-forcing step F, use CΔT′=F−λΔT with positive linear feedback parameter λ and initially zero anomaly. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time λt / heat capacity C (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature change / equilibrium change (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ΔT/(F/λ)=1−e−λt/C\Delta T/(F/\lambda)=1-e^{-\lambda t/C}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Earth system model (ESM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time λt / heat capacity C (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature change / equilibrium change (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time λt / heat capacity C (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Temperature change / equilibrium change (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Reduced global-mean energy balance. For ESM this is an illustrative diagnostic reduction, not a full Earth-system forecast. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Energy-balance climate model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a constant radiative-forcing step F, use CΔT′=F−λΔT with positive linear feedback parameter λ and initially zero anomaly. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time λt / heat capacity C (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature change / equilibrium change (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ΔT/(F/λ)=1−e−λt/C\Delta T/(F/\lambda)=1-e^{-\lambda t/C}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Energy-balance climate model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time λt / heat capacity C (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature change / equilibrium change (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time λt / heat capacity C (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Temperature change / equilibrium change (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Reduced global-mean energy balance. For ESM this is an illustrative diagnostic reduction, not a full Earth-system forecast. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Ocean circulation model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a constant-depth, nonrotating, inviscid shallow-water reduction of ocean circulation. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position / wavelength (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Surface elevation / wave amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,0)=sin⁡(2πξ)u(\xi,0)=\sin(2\pi\xi)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.951057,q(b)=−0.951057q(a)=0.951057,\quad q(b)=-0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.951057−(0.951057)=−1.90211\Delta q(b)=-0.951057-\left(0.951057\right)=-1.90211

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.951057, and at B to obtain -0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.90211. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Ocean circulation model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position / wavelength (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Surface elevation / wave amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position / wavelength (dimensionless) −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Surface elevation / wave amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -1.902)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -1.90211. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.951057)−(0.951057) = -1.90211. The magnitude of the response change is 1.90211; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single linear barotropic mode; rotation, stratification, mixing, and realistic boundaries are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Sea-ice thermodynamic-dynamic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Assume zero initial thickness, fixed surface-to-freezing temperature difference ΔT, and conductive flux kΔT/h through the ice. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Elapsed time / growth time t* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Ice thickness h / ℓ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

h/ℓ=t/t∗h/\ell=\sqrt{t/t_*}a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=0.894427,q(b)=1.78885q(a)=0.894427,\quad q(b)=1.78885Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.78885−(0.894427)=0.894427\Delta q(b)=1.78885-\left(0.894427\right)=0.894427

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.894427, and at B to obtain 1.78885. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.894427. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Sea-ice thermodynamic-dynamic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Elapsed time / growth time t* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Ice thickness h / ℓ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Elapsed time / growth time t* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Ice thickness h / ℓ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, 0.8944)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = 0.894427. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.78885)−(0.894427) = 0.894427. The magnitude of the response change is 0.894427; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Stefan growth limit with no ocean heat flux, snow insulation, or ice dynamics. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lifting-line model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use lifting-line theory for an ideal elliptically loaded wing of aspect ratio eight and two-dimensional slope 2π per radian. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Angle of attack α (degree)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Lift coefficient CL (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -3.6 with condition B at x = 3.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

CL=2πα1+2/(e AR),e=1, AR=8C_L=\frac{2\pi\alpha}{1+2/(e\,AR)},\quad e=1,\ AR=8a=−3.6,b=3.6a=-3.6,\quad b=3.6q(a)=−0.315827,q(b)=0.315827q(a)=-0.315827,\quad q(b)=0.315827Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.315827−(−0.315827)=0.631655\Delta q(b)=0.315827-\left(-0.315827\right)=0.631655

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.315827, and at B to obtain 0.315827. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.631655. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lifting-line model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Angle of attack α (degree). Vertical axis: Change in Lift coefficient CL (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 Angle of attack α (degree) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Change in Lift coefficient CL (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.6, 0.6317)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.6, Δq = 0.631655. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -3.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.315827)−(-0.315827) = 0.631655. The magnitude of the response change is 0.631655; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Small-angle attached-flow approximation; no stall prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Blade-element momentum model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the ideal nonrotating actuator-disk limit underlying axial momentum theory. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Axial induction factor a (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Power coefficient CP (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.1 with condition B at x = 0.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

CP=4a(1−a)2C_P=4a(1-a)^2a=0.1,b=0.4a=0.1,\quad b=0.4q(a)=0.324,q(b)=0.576q(a)=0.324,\quad q(b)=0.576Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.576−(0.324)=0.252\Delta q(b)=0.576-\left(0.324\right)=0.252

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.324, and at B to obtain 0.576. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.252. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Blade-element momentum model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Axial induction factor a (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Power coefficient CP (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 Axial induction factor a (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 Change in Power coefficient CP (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.4, 0.252)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.4, Δq = 0.252. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.576)−(0.324) = 0.252. The magnitude of the response change is 0.252; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Momentum-theory benchmark for BEM; blade geometry, swirl, drag, tip losses, and high-induction corrections are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Bicycle vehicle model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Assume low-speed rolling without tire slip for a vehicle of wheelbase L. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Steering angle δ (degree)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Path curvature × wheelbase κL (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -18 with condition B at x = 18. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

κL=tan⁡δ\kappa L=\tan\deltaa=−18,b=18a=-18,\quad b=18q(a)=−0.32492,q(b)=0.32492q(a)=-0.32492,\quad q(b)=0.32492Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.32492−(−0.32492)=0.649839\Delta q(b)=0.32492-\left(-0.32492\right)=0.649839

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.32492, and at B to obtain 0.32492. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.649839. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Bicycle vehicle model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Steering angle δ (degree). Vertical axis: Change in Path curvature × wheelbase κL (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −15 −10 −5 0 5 10 15 Steering angle δ (degree) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Change in Path curvature × wheelbase κL (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (18, 0.6498)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 18, Δq = 0.649839. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -18.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.32492)−(-0.32492) = 0.649839. The magnitude of the response change is 0.649839; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Kinematic limit, not a high-speed dynamic tire-force model. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Quarter-car suspension model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Hold the unsprung mass fixed, set damping to zero, and release the sprung mass from displacement A. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phase ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Sprung displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.51327 with condition B at x = 10.0531. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

z/A=cos⁡(ωt)z/A=\cos(\omega t)a=2.51327,b=10.0531a=2.51327,\quad b=10.0531q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=−0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=-0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.809017−(−0.809017)=−3.33067×10−16\Delta q(b)=-0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=-3.33067\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain -0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.33067e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Quarter-car suspension model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phase ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Sprung displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Phase ωt (radian) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Sprung displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (10.05, -3.331e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 10.0531, Δq = -3.33067e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.51327.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.809017)−(-0.809017) = -3.33067e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.33067e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single-mode constrained reduction, not the full two-degree-of-freedom road response. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Pacejka tire model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose B=10, C=1.3, E=0, zero offsets, and fixed load in the basic Pacejka Magic Formula. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Slip ratio s (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Force / peak-scale D (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.18 with condition B at x = 0.18. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

F/D=sin⁡[1.3arctan⁡(10s)]F/D=\sin[1.3\arctan(10s)]a=−0.18,b=0.18a=-0.18,\quad b=0.18q(a)=−0.982382,q(b)=0.982382q(a)=-0.982382,\quad q(b)=0.982382Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.982382−(−0.982382)=1.96476\Delta q(b)=0.982382-\left(-0.982382\right)=1.96476

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.982382, and at B to obtain 0.982382. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.96476. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Pacejka tire model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Slip ratio s (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Force / peak-scale D (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 Slip ratio s (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Change in Force / peak-scale D (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.18, 1.965)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.18, Δq = 1.96476. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.18.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.982382)−(-0.982382) = 1.96476. The magnitude of the response change is 1.96476; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Illustrative coefficients, not a calibrated tire or a combined-slip model. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

AC power-flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use two fixed voltage magnitudes connected by a purely reactive line; for a generator use the analogous fixed internal-voltage coupling. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Electrical angle difference δ (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Transferred power / coupling scale (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.942478 with condition B at x = 0.942478. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

P/(V1V2/X)=sin⁡δP/(V_1V_2/X)=\sin\deltaa=−0.942478,b=0.942478a=-0.942478,\quad b=0.942478q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.809017−(−0.809017)=1.61803\Delta q(b)=0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=1.61803

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain 0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.61803. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

AC power-flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Electrical angle difference δ (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Transferred power / coupling scale (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.75 −0.50 −0.25 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 Electrical angle difference δ (radian) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 Change in Transferred power / coupling scale (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.9425, 1.618)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.942478, Δq = 1.61803. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.942478.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.809017)−(-0.809017) = 1.61803. The magnitude of the response change is 1.61803; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Steady electrical-power term; the swing-equation rotor transient and voltage dynamics are not solved. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Swing-equation generator model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use two fixed voltage magnitudes connected by a purely reactive line; for a generator use the analogous fixed internal-voltage coupling. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Electrical angle difference δ (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Transferred power / coupling scale (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.942478 with condition B at x = 0.942478. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

P/(V1V2/X)=sin⁡δP/(V_1V_2/X)=\sin\deltaa=−0.942478,b=0.942478a=-0.942478,\quad b=0.942478q(a)=−0.809017,q(b)=0.809017q(a)=-0.809017,\quad q(b)=0.809017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.809017−(−0.809017)=1.61803\Delta q(b)=0.809017-\left(-0.809017\right)=1.61803

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.809017, and at B to obtain 0.809017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.61803. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Swing-equation generator model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Electrical angle difference δ (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Transferred power / coupling scale (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.75 −0.50 −0.25 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 Electrical angle difference δ (radian) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 Change in Transferred power / coupling scale (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.9425, 1.618)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.942478, Δq = 1.61803. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.942478.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.809017)−(-0.809017) = 1.61803. The magnitude of the response change is 1.61803; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Steady electrical-power term; the swing-equation rotor transient and voltage dynamics are not solved. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

DC power-flow approximation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use nearly equal fixed bus voltage magnitudes, negligible resistance, and small angle difference. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Small angle difference δ (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled active power (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.12 with condition B at x = 0.12. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

P/(V1V2/X)≈δP/(V_1V_2/X)\approx\deltaa=−0.12,b=0.12a=-0.12,\quad b=0.12q(a)=−0.12,q(b)=0.12q(a)=-0.12,\quad q(b)=0.12Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.12−(−0.12)=0.24\Delta q(b)=0.12-\left(-0.12\right)=0.24

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.12, and at B to obtain 0.12. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.24. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

DC power-flow approximation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Small angle difference δ (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled active power (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.10 −0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10 Small angle difference δ (radian) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Scaled active power (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.12, 0.24)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.12, Δq = 0.24. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.12.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.12)−(-0.12) = 0.24. The magnitude of the response change is 0.24; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. DC power-flow approximation; it does not calculate reactive power or voltage magnitudes. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

State-space model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / system time constant (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Output / final value (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

State-space model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / system time constant (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Output / final value (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / system time constant (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Output / final value (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Transfer-function model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / system time constant (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Output / final value (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Transfer-function model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / system time constant (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Output / final value (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / system time constant (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Output / final value (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Bond-graph model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / system time constant (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Output / final value (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Bond-graph model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / system time constant (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Output / final value (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / system time constant (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Output / final value (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Electrical analog model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / system time constant (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Output / final value (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Electrical analog model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / system time constant (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Output / final value (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / system time constant (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Output / final value (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hardware-in-the-loop model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the scalar state equation y′+y=1 with y(0)=0, or transfer function 1/(s+1). For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / system time constant (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Output / final value (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=1−e−τy(\tau)=1-e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hardware-in-the-loop model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / system time constant (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Output / final value (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / system time constant (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Output / final value (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact linear plant reference. For bond graphs/electrical analogs use a single storage-and-resistance element; for HIL this is a reference trajectory, not measured hardware data. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hybrid dynamical model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Drop a ball from 1 m with g=9.81 m/s². At first ground contact reverse velocity and multiply its magnitude by restitution e=0.8. Plot before the second impact. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time t (s)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Ball height h (m)). Compare condition A at x = 0.22 with condition B at x = 0.88. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

h(t)={1−12gt2t≤tiegti(t−ti)−12g(t−ti)2t>tih(t)=\begin{cases}1-\tfrac12gt^2&t\le t_i\\ egt_i(t-t_i)-\tfrac12g(t-t_i)^2&t>t_i\end{cases}a=0.22,b=0.88a=0.22,\quad b=0.88q(a)=0.762598,q(b)=0.617812q(a)=0.762598,\quad q(b)=0.617812Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.617812−(0.762598)=−0.144786\Delta q(b)=0.617812-\left(0.762598\right)=-0.144786

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.762598, and at B to obtain 0.617812. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.144786. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hybrid dynamical model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time t (s). Vertical axis: Change in Ball height h (m). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Time t (s) −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Ball height h (m) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.88, -0.1448)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.88, Δq = -0.144786. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.22.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.617812)−(0.762598) = -0.144786. The magnitude of the response change is 0.144786; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ideal instantaneous first bounce; air resistance and contact deformation are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

System-dynamics stock-flow model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. An initially empty stock receives constant inflow q and drains at rate kS. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time kt (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Stock / equilibrium stock (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

S/(q/k)=1−e−ktS/(q/k)=1-e^{-kt}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

System-dynamics stock-flow model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time kt (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Stock / equilibrium stock (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time kt (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Stock / equilibrium stock (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single stock, constant coefficients, and no delays or saturation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Discrete-event simulation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Identical events occur at Δt,2Δt,… with zero events completed at t=0. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / event interval Δt (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Cumulative completed events (count)). Compare condition A at x = 1.2 with condition B at x = 4.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

N(t)=⌊t/Δt⌋N(t)=\lfloor t/\Delta t\rfloora=1.2,b=4.8a=1.2,\quad b=4.8q(a)=1,q(b)=4q(a)=1,\quad q(b)=4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4−(1)=3\Delta q(b)=4-\left(1\right)=3

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1, and at B to obtain 4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Discrete-event simulation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / event interval Δt (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Cumulative completed events (count). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 Time / event interval Δt (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Change in Cumulative completed events (count) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.8, 3)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.8, Δq = 3. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4)−(1) = 3. The magnitude of the response change is 3; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Simple scheduled-event benchmark; a discrete-event model need not have periodic arrivals. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Agent-based physical-system model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Agents start at mean position zero, have constant mean velocity 1 m/s, and do not interact. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time t (s)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Ensemble mean position (m)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

⟨x(t)⟩=x0+vt\langle x(t)\rangle=x_0+vta=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=1,q(b)=4q(a)=1,\quad q(b)=4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4−(1)=3\Delta q(b)=4-\left(1\right)=3

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1, and at B to obtain 4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Agent-based physical-system model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time t (s). Vertical axis: Change in Ensemble mean position (m). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time t (s) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Change in Ensemble mean position (m) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 3)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 3. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4)−(1) = 3. The magnitude of the response change is 3; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Noninteracting kinematic benchmark; not an emergent many-agent simulation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Markov state model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Two states exchange population at equal rate k. Initially all probability is in state one. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time kt (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Probability of state 1 (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.8 with condition B at x = 3.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

P1(t)=12(1+e−2kt)P_1(t)=\tfrac12(1+e^{-2kt})a=0.8,b=3.2a=0.8,\quad b=3.2q(a)=0.600948,q(b)=0.500831q(a)=0.600948,\quad q(b)=0.500831Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.500831−(0.600948)=−0.100117\Delta q(b)=0.500831-\left(0.600948\right)=-0.100117

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.600948, and at B to obtain 0.500831. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.100117. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Markov state model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time kt (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Probability of state 1 (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Time kt (dimensionless) −0.10 −0.08 −0.06 −0.04 −0.02 0.00 Change in Probability of state 1 (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (3.2, -0.1001)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 3.2, Δq = -0.100117. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.500831)−(0.600948) = -0.100117. The magnitude of the response change is 0.100117; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Kalman state estimator · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For one scalar measurement with observation coefficient one, hold the positive prior variance fixed. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Measurement / prior variance R/P⁻ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scalar Kalman gain (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2 with condition B at x = 8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

K=P−P−+R=11+R/P−K=\frac{P^-}{P^-+R}=\frac1{1+R/P^-}a=2,b=8a=2,\quad b=8q(a)=0.333333,q(b)=0.111111q(a)=0.333333,\quad q(b)=0.111111Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.111111−(0.333333)=−0.222222\Delta q(b)=0.111111-\left(0.333333\right)=-0.222222

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.333333, and at B to obtain 0.111111. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.222222. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Kalman state estimator: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Measurement / prior variance R/P⁻ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scalar Kalman gain (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Measurement / prior variance R/P⁻ (dimensionless) −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Scalar Kalman gain (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (8, -0.2222)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 8, Δq = -0.222222. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.111111)−(0.333333) = -0.222222. The magnitude of the response change is 0.222222; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Single measurement update; not a full dynamic filter trajectory. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Model predictive control · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Let xnext=x+u and minimize (x+u)²+ρu² with ρ=1 and no constraints. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Initial state x (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Optimal input u* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u∗=−x1+ρ,ρ=1u_*=-\frac{x}{1+\rho},\quad\rho=1a=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=0.6,q(b)=−0.6q(a)=0.6,\quad q(b)=-0.6Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.6−(0.6)=−1.2\Delta q(b)=-0.6-\left(0.6\right)=-1.2

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.6, and at B to obtain -0.6. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.2. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Model predictive control: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Initial state x (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Optimal input u* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Initial state x (dimensionless) −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Optimal input u* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, -1.2)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = -1.2. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.6)−(0.6) = -1.2. The magnitude of the response change is 1.2; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical horizon-one MPC example; longer horizons and constraints change the feedback law. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hodgkin–Huxley membrane model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Set sodium and potassium conductances to zero, hold leak reversal potential EL fixed, and normalize V−EL by its initial value. Use τ=gLt/Cm. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Membrane voltage excess / initial excess (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hodgkin–Huxley membrane model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Membrane voltage excess / initial excess (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Membrane voltage excess / initial excess (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Passive leak-only reduction of Hodgkin–Huxley; action potentials and voltage-dependent gates are deliberately excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

FitzHugh–Nagumo model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For v′=v−v³/3−w+I set I=0 and find the zero-fast-derivative curve. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Fast variable v (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Recovery variable w (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.5 with condition B at x = 1.5. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

w=v−v3/3,I=0w=v-v^3/3,\quad I=0a=−1.5,b=1.5a=-1.5,\quad b=1.5q(a)=−0.375,q(b)=0.375q(a)=-0.375,\quad q(b)=0.375Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.375−(−0.375)=0.75\Delta q(b)=0.375-\left(-0.375\right)=0.75

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.375, and at B to obtain 0.375. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.75. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

FitzHugh–Nagumo model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Fast variable v (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Recovery variable w (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Fast variable v (dimensionless) −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 Change in Recovery variable w (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.5, 0.75)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.5, Δq = 0.75. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.5.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.375)−(-0.375) = 0.75. The magnitude of the response change is 0.75; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. A phase-plane nullcline, not a trajectory or the complete system equilibrium; equilibria also lie on the recovery nullcline. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hill muscle model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use (F+a)(v+b)=(F0+a)b, with a/F0=0.25 and vmax=bF0/a. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Shortening speed / unloaded speed (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Muscle force / isometric force (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

F/F0=0.25(1−v/vmax⁡)0.25+v/vmax⁡F/F_0=\frac{0.25(1-v/v_{\max})}{0.25+v/v_{\max}}a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.444444,q(b)=0.047619q(a)=0.444444,\quad q(b)=0.047619Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.047619−(0.444444)=−0.396825\Delta q(b)=0.047619-\left(0.444444\right)=-0.396825

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.444444, and at B to obtain 0.047619. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.396825. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hill muscle model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Shortening speed / unloaded speed (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Muscle force / isometric force (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Shortening speed / unloaded speed (dimensionless) −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 Change in Muscle force / isometric force (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.3968)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.396825. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.047619)−(0.444444) = -0.396825. The magnitude of the response change is 0.396825; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Steady concentric shortening only; activation and length effects are held fixed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Windkessel circulation model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. With zero inflow, a two-element Windkessel discharges through resistance R from compliance C. Use τ=t/(RC) and normalize pressure above venous pressure. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pressure above venous level / initial excess (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Windkessel circulation model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pressure above venous level / initial excess (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Pressure above venous level / initial excess (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Constant-compliance diastolic interval, not a full pulsatile cardiac cycle. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Pennes bioheat model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take spatially uniform tissue with constant heat source Q, blood heat-exchange coefficient W>0, and initial tissue temperature equal to arterial temperature Ta. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Perfusion relaxation time Wt / ρc (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature rise / Q/W (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

(T−Ta)/(Q/W)=1−e−Wt/(ρc)(T-T_a)/(Q/W)=1-e^{-Wt/(\rho c)}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.632121,q(b)=0.981684q(a)=0.632121,\quad q(b)=0.981684Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.981684−(0.632121)=0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.981684-\left(0.632121\right)=0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.632121, and at B to obtain 0.981684. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Pennes bioheat model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Perfusion relaxation time Wt / ρc (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature rise / Q/W (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Perfusion relaxation time Wt / ρc (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Change in Temperature rise / Q/W (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.981684)−(0.632121) = 0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Uniform-temperature reduction; no spatial conduction, temperature-dependent perfusion, or safety prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Reaction–diffusion morphogenesis model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Solve ut=uxx−u with zero ends and initial sin(πx), then plot t=1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Activator perturbation (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(x,1)=e−(π2+1)sin⁡(πx)u(x,1)=e^{-(\pi^2+1)}\sin(\pi x)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=1.11843×10−5,q(b)=1.11843×10−5q(a)=1.11843\times10^{-5},\quad q(b)=1.11843\times10^{-5}Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.11843×10−5−(1.11843×10−5)=3.38813×10−21\Delta q(b)=1.11843\times10^{-5}-\left(1.11843\times10^{-5}\right)=3.38813\times10^{-21}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.11843e-05, and at B to obtain 1.11843e-05. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3.38813e-21. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Reaction–diffusion morphogenesis model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Activator perturbation (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0 2 4 6 8 Change in Activator perturbation (dimensionless) 1e−6 Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 3.388e-21)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 3.38813e-21. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.11843e-05)−(1.11843e-05) = 3.38813e-21. The magnitude of the response change is 3.38813e-21; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-species linear stable subproblem, not a two-species Turing pattern or nonlinear morphogenesis prediction. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Monod growth model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate growth rate at prescribed substrate concentration with fixed Monod parameters. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Substrate concentration S / Ks (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Growth rate / maximum rate (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.6 with condition B at x = 6.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

μ/μmax⁡=S/(Ks+S)\mu/\mu_{\max}=S/(K_s+S)a=1.6,b=6.4a=1.6,\quad b=6.4q(a)=0.615385,q(b)=0.864865q(a)=0.615385,\quad q(b)=0.864865Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.864865−(0.615385)=0.24948\Delta q(b)=0.864865-\left(0.615385\right)=0.24948

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.615385, and at B to obtain 0.864865. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.24948. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Monod growth model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Substrate concentration S / Ks (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Growth rate / maximum rate (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2 3 4 5 6 Substrate concentration S / Ks (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Growth rate / maximum rate (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (6.4, 0.2495)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 6.4, Δq = 0.24948. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.864865)−(0.615385) = 0.24948. The magnitude of the response change is 0.24948; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Growth-rate relation only; substrate depletion and biomass evolution are not integrated. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Physiologically based compartment model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. After an initial dose, use one well-mixed compartment with first-order elimination, no further input, and τ=kt. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time / relaxation time (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Compartment concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

y(τ)=e−τy(\tau)=e^{-\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Physiologically based compartment model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time / relaxation time (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Compartment concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time / relaxation time (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Compartment concentration / initial concentration (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-compartment limiting case; interorgan exchange, binding, and nonlinear metabolism are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Boltzmann kinetic equation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=0.0220959,q(b)=0.0220959q(a)=0.0220959,\quad q(b)=0.0220959Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0220959−(0.0220959)=−6.93889×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0220959-\left(0.0220959\right)=-6.93889\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0220959, and at B to obtain 0.0220959. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -6.93889e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Boltzmann kinetic equation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, -6.939e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = -6.93889e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0220959)−(0.0220959) = -6.93889e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 6.93889e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Vlasov–Poisson model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=0.0220959,q(b)=0.0220959q(a)=0.0220959,\quad q(b)=0.0220959Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0220959−(0.0220959)=−6.93889×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0220959-\left(0.0220959\right)=-6.93889\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0220959, and at B to obtain 0.0220959. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -6.93889e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Vlasov–Poisson model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, -6.939e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = -6.93889e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0220959)−(0.0220959) = -6.93889e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 6.93889e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Vlasov–Maxwell model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=0.0220959,q(b)=0.0220959q(a)=0.0220959,\quad q(b)=0.0220959Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0220959−(0.0220959)=−6.93889×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0220959-\left(0.0220959\right)=-6.93889\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0220959, and at B to obtain 0.0220959. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -6.93889e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Vlasov–Maxwell model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, -6.939e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = -6.93889e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0220959)−(0.0220959) = -6.93889e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 6.93889e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Direct simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=0.0220959,q(b)=0.0220959q(a)=0.0220959,\quad q(b)=0.0220959Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0220959−(0.0220959)=−6.93889×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0220959-\left(0.0220959\right)=-6.93889\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0220959, and at B to obtain 0.0220959. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -6.93889e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Direct simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, -6.939e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = -6.93889e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0220959)−(0.0220959) = -6.93889e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 6.93889e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Particle-in-cell (PIC) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially uniform equilibrium with zero drift and the normalized Gaussian velocity marginal. For collisionless plasma use zero fields and a neutralizing background. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

vthf(v)=π−1/2e−(v/vth)2v_{th}f(v)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(v/v_{th})^2}a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=0.0220959,q(b)=0.0220959q(a)=0.0220959,\quad q(b)=0.0220959Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0220959−(0.0220959)=−6.93889×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0220959-\left(0.0220959\right)=-6.93889\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0220959, and at B to obtain 0.0220959. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -6.93889e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Particle-in-cell (PIC): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Velocity v / thermal speed (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Marginal probability density × thermal speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, -6.939e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = -6.93889e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0220959)−(0.0220959) = -6.93889e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 6.93889e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Equilibrium distribution or exact kinetic benchmark. DSMC and PIC would estimate it using particles; this plot is not a finite-particle sample. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Neutron diffusion approximation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. On a slab solve nτ=nξξ with zero extrapolated-end values and initial sin(πξ), ignoring reactions in this illustrative diffusion subproblem. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Neutron-density perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(πξ)e−π2τ,τ=0.1u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(\pi\xi)e^{-\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.219072,q(b)=0.219072q(a)=0.219072,\quad q(b)=0.219072Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.219072−(0.219072)=2.77556×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.219072-\left(0.219072\right)=2.77556\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.219072, and at B to obtain 0.219072. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.77556e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Neutron diffusion approximation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Neutron-density perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Neutron-density perturbation / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 2.776e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 2.77556e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.219072)−(0.219072) = 2.77556e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 2.77556e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Diffusion-only benchmark; absorption and fission terms would modify the mode growth/decay rate. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Point reactor kinetics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Set delayed-neutron fraction and external source to zero, take constant negative reactivity ρ, and prompt generation time Λ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Subcritical prompt time |ρ|t / Λ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Neutron population / initial population (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

n/n0=e−τ,τ=∣ρ∣t/Λn/n_0=e^{-\tau},\quad\tau=|\rho|t/\Lambdaa=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Point reactor kinetics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Subcritical prompt time |ρ|t / Λ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Neutron population / initial population (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Subcritical prompt time |ρ|t / Λ (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Neutron population / initial population (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Prompt-only idealization, not a realistic startup, shutdown, or reactor-safety calculation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Bateman decay-chain model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Initially N1=N10 and N2=0. Let the parent decay to the daughter with λ2=2λ1 and unit branching fraction. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Time λ₁t (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Daughter population / initial parent (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

N2/N10=e−λ1t−e−2λ1tN_2/N_{10}=e^{-\lambda_1t}-e^{-2\lambda_1t}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.232544,q(b)=0.0179802q(a)=0.232544,\quad q(b)=0.0179802Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0179802−(0.232544)=−0.214564\Delta q(b)=0.0179802-\left(0.232544\right)=-0.214564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.232544, and at B to obtain 0.0179802. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.214564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Bateman decay-chain model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Time λ₁t (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Daughter population / initial parent (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Time λ₁t (dimensionless) −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Daughter population / initial parent (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.2146)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.214564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0179802)−(0.232544) = -0.214564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.214564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical solution or constitutive evaluation for the stated special case. It is not a general solution of the full model family. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Newtonian gravitational N-body model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Reduce an isolated gravitational system to two point masses with total mass M in a circular relative orbit of radius a. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Orbital phase nt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Relative orbital x coordinate / radius (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

x/a=cos⁡(nt),n=GM/a3x/a=\cos(nt),\quad n=\sqrt{GM/a^3}a=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.309017,q(b)=0.309017q(a)=0.309017,\quad q(b)=0.309017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.309017−(0.309017)=−2.22045×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.309017-\left(0.309017\right)=-2.22045\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.309017, and at B to obtain 0.309017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -2.22045e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Newtonian gravitational N-body model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Orbital phase nt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Relative orbital x coordinate / radius (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Orbital phase nt (radian) −1.4 −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Relative orbital x coordinate / radius (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -2.22e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -2.22045e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.309017)−(0.309017) = -2.22045e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 2.22045e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact two-body circular orbit, not a general many-body solution; a one-coordinate time trace is shown. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

General relativity model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a stationary observer outside a nonrotating spherical mass, compare proper time with Schwarzschild coordinate time at infinity. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Schwarzschild radius ratio r / rs (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Static clock rate dτ/dt (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.44 with condition B at x = 6.61. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

dτ/dt=1−rs/rd\tau/dt=\sqrt{1-r_s/r}a=2.44,b=6.61a=2.44,\quad b=6.61q(a)=0.768221,q(b)=0.921257q(a)=0.768221,\quad q(b)=0.921257Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.921257−(0.768221)=0.153036\Delta q(b)=0.921257-\left(0.768221\right)=0.153036

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.768221, and at B to obtain 0.921257. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.153036. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

General relativity model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Schwarzschild radius ratio r / rs (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Static clock rate dτ/dt (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 Schwarzschild radius ratio r / rs (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Static clock rate dτ/dt (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (6.61, 0.153)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 6.61, Δq = 0.153036. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.44.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.921257)−(0.768221) = 0.153036. The magnitude of the response change is 0.153036; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exterior vacuum Schwarzschild solution, r>rs. A static observer cannot remain at the horizon. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

FLRW cosmological model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take a spatially flat FLRW universe with pressureless matter only and zero cosmological constant. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Cosmic time t / t* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scale factor a / a* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.616 with condition B at x = 2.404. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

a(t)/a(t∗)=(t/t∗)2/3a(t)/a(t_*)=(t/t_*)^{2/3}a=0.616,b=2.404a=0.616,\quad b=2.404q(a)=0.72397,q(b)=1.79455q(a)=0.72397,\quad q(b)=1.79455Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.79455−(0.72397)=1.07058\Delta q(b)=1.79455-\left(0.72397\right)=1.07058

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.72397, and at B to obtain 1.79455. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.07058. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

FLRW cosmological model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Cosmic time t / t* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scale factor a / a* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Cosmic time t / t* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Change in Scale factor a / a* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.404, 1.071)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.404, Δq = 1.07058. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.616.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.79455)−(0.72397) = 1.07058. The magnitude of the response change is 1.07058; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Matter-only special case, not a fit to the present universe. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Evaluate the standard one-dimensional cubic-spline smoothing kernel of support radius 2h. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Kernel coordinate x / h (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Kernel weight hW (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.2 with condition B at x = 1.2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

hW(q)=23{1−1.5q2+0.75q3q<1(2−q)3/41≤q≤2hW(q)=\frac23\begin{cases}1-1.5q^2+0.75q^3&q<1\\(2-q)^3/4&1\le q\le2\end{cases}a=−1.2,b=1.2a=-1.2,\quad b=1.2q(a)=0.0853333,q(b)=0.0853333q(a)=0.0853333,\quad q(b)=0.0853333Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0853333−(0.0853333)=−6.93889×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.0853333-\left(0.0853333\right)=-6.93889\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0853333, and at B to obtain 0.0853333. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -6.93889e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Kernel coordinate x / h (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Kernel weight hW (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Kernel coordinate x / h (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Kernel weight hW (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.2, -6.939e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.2, Δq = -6.93889e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0853333)−(0.0853333) = -6.93889e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 6.93889e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Kernel evaluation, not a complete SPH flow or solid simulation. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Discrete element method (DEM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Choose a linear frictionless normal-contact spring with stiffness k, no damping, and positive overlap. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Positive overlap δ / δ* (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Normal force / kδ* (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

F/(kδ∗)=δ/δ∗F/(k\delta_*)=\delta/\delta_*a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.2,q(b)=0.8q(a)=0.2,\quad q(b)=0.8Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.8−(0.2)=0.6\Delta q(b)=0.8-\left(0.2\right)=0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.2, and at B to obtain 0.8. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Discrete element method (DEM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Positive overlap δ / δ* (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Normal force / kδ* (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Positive overlap δ / δ* (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Normal force / kδ* (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.8)−(0.2) = 0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One elastic contact contribution; many-particle dynamics and tangential friction are excluded. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Lattice Boltzmann method (LBM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a small-amplitude periodic transverse shear wave in the low-Mach hydrodynamic limit; plot νt/L²=0.02. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Periodic position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Transverse speed / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(ξ,τ)=sin⁡(2πξ)e−4π2τ,τ=0.02u(\xi,\tau)=\sin(2\pi\xi)e^{-4\pi^2\tau},\quad\tau=0.02a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.431818,q(b)=−0.431818q(a)=0.431818,\quad q(b)=-0.431818Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−0.431818−(0.431818)=−0.863637\Delta q(b)=-0.431818-\left(0.431818\right)=-0.863637

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.431818, and at B to obtain -0.431818. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.863637. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Lattice Boltzmann method (LBM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Periodic position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Transverse speed / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Periodic position x / L (dimensionless) −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Transverse speed / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, -0.8636)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = -0.863637. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-0.431818)−(0.431818) = -0.863637. The magnitude of the response change is 0.863637; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact continuum benchmark for LBM, not a finite-lattice prediction; compressibility and lattice errors must be checked separately. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Material point method (MPM) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Apply a uniform small axial strain of 0.01 to a homogeneous elastic bar. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Reference position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement u / L (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(x)/L=0.01(x/L)u(x)/L=0.01(x/L)a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.002,q(b)=0.008q(a)=0.002,\quad q(b)=0.008Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.008−(0.002)=0.006\Delta q(b)=0.008-\left(0.002\right)=0.006

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.002, and at B to obtain 0.008. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.006. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Material point method (MPM): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Reference position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement u / L (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Reference position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 Change in Displacement u / L (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.006)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.006. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.008)−(0.002) = 0.006. The magnitude of the response change is 0.006; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact continuum target for MPM; grid transfer and particle quadrature errors are not represented. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Homogenization · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Two perfectly bonded parallel axial bars share the same strain, with modulus ratio E2/E1=4. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Stiff-phase volume fraction f (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Effective modulus / soft modulus (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Eeff/E1=(1−f)+4fE_{eff}/E_1=(1-f)+4fa=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=1.6,q(b)=3.4q(a)=1.6,\quad q(b)=3.4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=3.4−(1.6)=1.8\Delta q(b)=3.4-\left(1.6\right)=1.8

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.6, and at B to obtain 3.4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.8. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Homogenization: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Stiff-phase volume fraction f (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Effective modulus / soft modulus (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Stiff-phase volume fraction f (dimensionless) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 Change in Effective modulus / soft modulus (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 1.8)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 1.8. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (3.4)−(1.6) = 1.8. The magnitude of the response change is 1.8; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact iso-strain parallel-bar construction; generally an upper-bound estimate for other microstructures. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

QM/MM coupling · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. As a consistency check, choose a common harmonic coordinate whose total coupled-region energy is kq²/2 and whose effective mass is m. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phase ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Coordinate / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)a=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.309017,q(b)=0.309017q(a)=0.309017,\quad q(b)=0.309017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.309017−(0.309017)=−2.22045×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.309017-\left(0.309017\right)=-2.22045\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.309017, and at B to obtain 0.309017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -2.22045e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

QM/MM coupling: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phase ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Coordinate / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Phase ωt (radian) −1.4 −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Coordinate / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -2.22e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -2.22045e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.309017)−(0.309017) = -2.22045e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 2.22045e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Prescribed harmonic reference only; no electronic calculation, interface force transfer, or adaptive region simulation is performed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Atomistic–continuum coupling · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. As a consistency check, choose a common harmonic coordinate whose total coupled-region energy is kq²/2 and whose effective mass is m. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phase ωt (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Coordinate / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.25664 with condition B at x = 5.02655. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/A=cos⁡(ωt)q/A=\cos(\omega t)a=1.25664,b=5.02655a=1.25664,\quad b=5.02655q(a)=0.309017,q(b)=0.309017q(a)=0.309017,\quad q(b)=0.309017Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.309017−(0.309017)=−2.22045×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.309017-\left(0.309017\right)=-2.22045\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.309017, and at B to obtain 0.309017. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -2.22045e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Atomistic–continuum coupling: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phase ωt (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Coordinate / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Phase ωt (radian) −1.4 −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Coordinate / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (5.027, -2.22e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 5.02655, Δq = -2.22045e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.25664.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.309017)−(0.309017) = -2.22045e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 2.22045e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Prescribed harmonic reference only; no electronic calculation, interface force transfer, or adaptive region simulation is performed. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Fluid–structure interaction (FSI) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Approximate fluid loading as a constant added mass ma=m on an undamped spring-supported body. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Dry structural phase τ = √(k/m)t (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 2.51327 with condition B at x = 10.0531. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/A=cos⁡(τ1+ma/m),ma/m=1q/A=\cos\left(\frac{\tau}{\sqrt{1+m_a/m}}\right),\quad m_a/m=1a=2.51327,b=10.0531a=2.51327,\quad b=10.0531q(a)=−0.204895,q(b)=0.678243q(a)=-0.204895,\quad q(b)=0.678243Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.678243−(−0.204895)=0.883138\Delta q(b)=0.678243-\left(-0.204895\right)=0.883138

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.204895, and at B to obtain 0.678243. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.883138. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Fluid–structure interaction (FSI): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Dry structural phase τ = √(k/m)t (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Dry structural phase τ = √(k/m)t (radian) −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 Change in Displacement / initial amplitude (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (10.05, 0.8831)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 10.0531, Δq = 0.883138. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 2.51327.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.678243)−(-0.204895) = 0.883138. The magnitude of the response change is 0.883138; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Linear added-mass reduction of FSI; no viscous drag, free-surface, or flow-field solution. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Thermomechanical coupling · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. A one-dimensional elastic bar is prevented from expanding while its temperature rises uniformly. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Temperature rise / reference rise (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Scaled axial stress (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.4 with condition B at x = 1.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

σ/(EαΔT∗)=−ΔT/ΔT∗\sigma/(E\alpha\Delta T_*)=-\Delta T/\Delta T_*a=0.4,b=1.6a=0.4,\quad b=1.6q(a)=−0.4,q(b)=−1.6q(a)=-0.4,\quad q(b)=-1.6Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=−1.6−(−0.4)=−1.2\Delta q(b)=-1.6-\left(-0.4\right)=-1.2

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -0.4, and at B to obtain -1.6. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -1.2. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Thermomechanical coupling: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Temperature rise / reference rise (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Scaled axial stress (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Temperature rise / reference rise (dimensionless) −1.2 −1.0 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 Change in Scaled axial stress (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.6, -1.2)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.6, Δq = -1.2. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (-1.6)−(-0.4) = -1.2. The magnitude of the response change is 1.2; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Small-strain constant-property axial model, with tension positive; uniform heating produces compression. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Proper orthogonal decomposition (POD) · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. All snapshots are scalar multiples of sin(πx). Reconstruct the snapshot at dimensionless time one using one POD mode. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Position x / L (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Reconstructed field (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

u(x,t)=e−tsin⁡(πx),t=1u(x,t)=e^{-t}\sin(\pi x),\quad t=1a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.216234,q(b)=0.216234q(a)=0.216234,\quad q(b)=0.216234Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.216234−(0.216234)=5.55112×10−17\Delta q(b)=0.216234-\left(0.216234\right)=5.55112\times10^{-17}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.216234, and at B to obtain 0.216234. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 5.55112e-17. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Proper orthogonal decomposition (POD): Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Position x / L (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Reconstructed field (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Position x / L (dimensionless) 0.000 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 Change in Reconstructed field (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 5.551e-17)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 5.55112e-17. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.216234)−(0.216234) = 5.55112e-17. The magnitude of the response change is 5.55112e-17; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact rank-one constructed data set; real POD truncation can incur substantial error. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Gaussian-process surrogate · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a zero-mean, unit-variance squared-exponential GP, unit length scale, and one noiseless observation y(0)=1. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Input / kernel length scale (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Posterior mean (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -1.8 with condition B at x = 1.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

μ(x)=e−x2/2\mu(x)=e^{-x^2/2}a=−1.8,b=1.8a=-1.8,\quad b=1.8q(a)=0.197899,q(b)=0.197899q(a)=0.197899,\quad q(b)=0.197899Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.197899−(0.197899)=−3.05311×10−16\Delta q(b)=0.197899-\left(0.197899\right)=-3.05311\times10^{-16}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.197899, and at B to obtain 0.197899. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.05311e-16. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Gaussian-process surrogate: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Input / kernel length scale (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Posterior mean (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 Input / kernel length scale (dimensionless) 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Change in Posterior mean (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.8, -3.053e-16)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.8, Δq = -3.05311e-16. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.8.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.197899)−(0.197899) = -3.05311e-16. The magnitude of the response change is 3.05311e-16; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical posterior mean under the stated kernel; it is not a physical law, and posterior uncertainty is not shown. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Digital twin framework · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a lumped thermal model with a known constant cooling time as an ideal reference for a thermal digital twin. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Elapsed time / thermal constant (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

(T−T∞)/(T0−T∞)=e−t/τ(T-T_\infty)/(T_0-T_\infty)=e^{-t/\tau}a=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=0.367879,q(b)=0.0183156q(a)=0.367879,\quad q(b)=0.0183156Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0183156−(0.367879)=−0.349564\Delta q(b)=0.0183156-\left(0.367879\right)=-0.349564

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.367879, and at B to obtain 0.0183156. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.349564. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Digital twin framework: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Elapsed time / thermal constant (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Elapsed time / thermal constant (dimensionless) −0.35 −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Temperature excess / initial excess (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, -0.3496)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = -0.349564. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0183156)−(0.367879) = -0.349564. The magnitude of the response change is 0.349564; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Reference physics only. No sensors, online updates, or actual equipment measurements are included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Bayesian model calibration · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use prior θ~Normal(0,1) and one measurement y=1 with independent Normal(0,1) measurement noise. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Unknown parameter θ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Posterior density (per unit θ)). Compare condition A at x = -1 with condition B at x = 2. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

p(θ∣y=1)=π−1/2e−(θ−0.5)2p(\theta\mid y=1)=\pi^{-1/2}e^{-(\theta-0.5)^2}a=−1,b=2a=-1,\quad b=2q(a)=0.0594651,q(b)=0.0594651q(a)=0.0594651,\quad q(b)=0.0594651Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0594651−(0.0594651)=0\Delta q(b)=0.0594651-\left(0.0594651\right)=0

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0594651, and at B to obtain 0.0594651. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Bayesian model calibration: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Unknown parameter θ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Posterior density (per unit θ). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Unknown parameter θ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Posterior density (per unit θ) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2, 0)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2, Δq = 0. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0594651)−(0.0594651) = 0. The magnitude of the response change is 0; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact conjugate scalar calibration example; not a calibrated engineering system. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Polynomial chaos expansion · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a linear response to a uniform random input. Expand in the first two Legendre polynomials. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Uniform random input ξ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Response Y (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = -0.6 with condition B at x = 0.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Y(ξ)=2+0.5ξ,ξ∼U[−1,1]Y(\xi)=2+0.5\xi,\quad\xi\sim U[-1,1]a=−0.6,b=0.6a=-0.6,\quad b=0.6q(a)=1.7,q(b)=2.3q(a)=1.7,\quad q(b)=2.3Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.3−(1.7)=0.6\Delta q(b)=2.3-\left(1.7\right)=0.6

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.7, and at B to obtain 2.3. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.6. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Polynomial chaos expansion: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Uniform random input ξ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Response Y (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 Uniform random input ξ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Change in Response Y (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.6, 0.6)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.6, Δq = 0.6. The zero reference is the response at A, x = -0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.3)−(1.7) = 0.6. The magnitude of the response change is 0.6; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact degree-one expansion for the chosen response, not a surrogate fitted to arbitrary simulation data. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Geometrically scaled physical model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Scale all dimensions of a shape by the same positive length ratio. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Model / prototype length (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Model / prototype volume (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.2 with condition B at x = 0.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Vm/Vp=(Lm/Lp)3V_m/V_p=(L_m/L_p)^3a=0.2,b=0.8a=0.2,\quad b=0.8q(a)=0.008,q(b)=0.512q(a)=0.008,\quad q(b)=0.512Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.512−(0.008)=0.504\Delta q(b)=0.512-\left(0.008\right)=0.504

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.008, and at B to obtain 0.512. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.504. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Geometrically scaled physical model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Model / prototype length (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Model / prototype volume (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Model / prototype length (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Model / prototype volume (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.8, 0.504)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.8, Δq = 0.504. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.512)−(0.008) = 0.504. The magnitude of the response change is 0.504; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Geometric similarity alone does not ensure force, material, or dynamic similarity. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Wind-tunnel model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use fixed air density and reference dynamic pressure q*=ρU*²/2. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Tunnel speed / reference speed (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Dynamic pressure / reference pressure (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.4 with condition B at x = 1.6. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

q/q∗=(U/U∗)2q/q_*=(U/U_*)^2a=0.4,b=1.6a=0.4,\quad b=1.6q(a)=0.16,q(b)=2.56q(a)=0.16,\quad q(b)=2.56Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.56−(0.16)=2.4\Delta q(b)=2.56-\left(0.16\right)=2.4

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.16, and at B to obtain 2.56. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 2.4. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Wind-tunnel model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Tunnel speed / reference speed (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Dynamic pressure / reference pressure (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Tunnel speed / reference speed (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 Change in Dynamic pressure / reference pressure (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.6, 2.4)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.6, Δq = 2.4. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.4.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.56)−(0.16) = 2.4. The magnitude of the response change is 2.4; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Test-planning relation, not measured wind-tunnel data; Reynolds and Mach similarity require separate checks. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hydraulic flume model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the same gravitational acceleration and match Froude number U/√(gL) between a model and prototype. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Model / prototype length (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Model / prototype speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.208 with condition B at x = 0.802. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Um/Up=Lm/LpU_m/U_p=\sqrt{L_m/L_p}a=0.208,b=0.802a=0.208,\quad b=0.802q(a)=0.45607,q(b)=0.895545q(a)=0.45607,\quad q(b)=0.895545Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.895545−(0.45607)=0.439474\Delta q(b)=0.895545-\left(0.45607\right)=0.439474

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.45607, and at B to obtain 0.895545. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.439474. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hydraulic flume model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Model / prototype length (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Model / prototype speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Model / prototype length (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Model / prototype speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.802, 0.4395)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.802, Δq = 0.439474. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.208.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.895545)−(0.45607) = 0.439474. The magnitude of the response change is 0.439474; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Gravity-dominated similarity appropriate to free-surface flumes; Reynolds, Weber, and other dimensionless groups may not also match. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Dimensional-analysis similarity model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the same gravitational acceleration and match Froude number U/√(gL) between a model and prototype. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Model / prototype length (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Model / prototype speed (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.208 with condition B at x = 0.802. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Um/Up=Lm/LpU_m/U_p=\sqrt{L_m/L_p}a=0.208,b=0.802a=0.208,\quad b=0.802q(a)=0.45607,q(b)=0.895545q(a)=0.45607,\quad q(b)=0.895545Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.895545−(0.45607)=0.439474\Delta q(b)=0.895545-\left(0.45607\right)=0.439474

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.45607, and at B to obtain 0.895545. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.439474. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Dimensional-analysis similarity model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Model / prototype length (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Model / prototype speed (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Model / prototype length (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Model / prototype speed (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.802, 0.4395)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.802, Δq = 0.439474. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.208.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.895545)−(0.45607) = 0.439474. The magnitude of the response change is 0.439474; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Gravity-dominated similarity appropriate to free-surface flumes; Reynolds, Weber, and other dimensionless groups may not also match. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Shake-table structural model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For an undamped single-degree-of-freedom oscillator with sinusoidal base motion, calculate the steady absolute displacement below resonance. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Excitation / natural frequency (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Absolute displacement amplitude ratio (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.16 with condition B at x = 0.64. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

∣X/Y∣=1/∣1−r2∣,r=Ω/ωn|X/Y|=1/|1-r^2|,\quad r=\Omega/\omega_na=0.16,b=0.64a=0.16,\quad b=0.64q(a)=1.02627,q(b)=1.69377q(a)=1.02627,\quad q(b)=1.69377Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.69377−(1.02627)=0.667494\Delta q(b)=1.69377-\left(1.02627\right)=0.667494

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.02627, and at B to obtain 1.69377. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.667494. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Shake-table structural model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Excitation / natural frequency (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Absolute displacement amplitude ratio (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Excitation / natural frequency (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Change in Absolute displacement amplitude ratio (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.64, 0.6675)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.64, Δq = 0.667494. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.16.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.69377)−(1.02627) = 0.667494. The magnitude of the response change is 0.667494; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Ideal steady reference, not shake-table measurements; the undamped resonance singularity is outside the plotted range. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Photoelastic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a transparent specimen of thickness t, stress-optic coefficient C, and monochromatic wavelength λ. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Stress–optic retardation CtΔσ / λ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Fringe order N (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1 with condition B at x = 4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

N=Ct(σ1−σ2)/λN=Ct(\sigma_1-\sigma_2)/\lambdaa=1,b=4a=1,\quad b=4q(a)=1,q(b)=4q(a)=1,\quad q(b)=4Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=4−(1)=3\Delta q(b)=4-\left(1\right)=3

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1, and at B to obtain 4. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Photoelastic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Stress–optic retardation CtΔσ / λ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Fringe order N (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Stress–optic retardation CtΔσ / λ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Change in Fringe order N (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4, 3)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4, Δq = 3. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (4)−(1) = 3. The magnitude of the response change is 3; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Uniform stress through thickness and linear stress-optic law; this is not a fringe photograph. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Ornstein-Zernike equation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Assume rho times the Fourier-transformed direct correlation is −exp[−(kℓ)²]. Find S(k) from the OZ relation. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Wavevector magnitude kℓ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Structure factor S(k) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ρc^(k)=−e−(kℓ)2,S(k)=11+e−(kℓ)2\rho\widehat c(k)=-e^{-(k\ell)^2},\quad S(k)=\frac{1}{1+e^{-(k\ell)^2}}a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.58904,q(b)=0.996859q(a)=0.58904,\quad q(b)=0.996859Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.996859−(0.58904)=0.407818\Delta q(b)=0.996859-\left(0.58904\right)=0.407818

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.58904, and at B to obtain 0.996859. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.407818. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Ornstein-Zernike equation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Wavevector magnitude kℓ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Structure factor S(k) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Wavevector magnitude kℓ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Change in Structure factor S(k) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 0.4078)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 0.407818. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.996859)−(0.58904) = 0.407818. The magnitude of the response change is 0.407818; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. A prescribed-correlation algebraic benchmark, not a self-consistent closure solution or measured scattering spectrum. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Percus-Yevick closure · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use the analytical three-dimensional, monodisperse hard-sphere PY solution to evaluate its contact pair distribution as packing fraction varies. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Hard-sphere packing fraction φ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Contact pair distribution g(σ+) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.09 with condition B at x = 0.36. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

g(σ+)=1+ϕ/2(1−ϕ)2g(\sigma^+)=\frac{1+\phi/2}{(1-\phi)^2}a=0.09,b=0.36a=0.09,\quad b=0.36q(a)=1.26192,q(b)=2.88086q(a)=1.26192,\quad q(b)=2.88086Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=2.88086−(1.26192)=1.61893\Delta q(b)=2.88086-\left(1.26192\right)=1.61893

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.26192, and at B to obtain 2.88086. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 1.61893. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Percus-Yevick closure: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Hard-sphere packing fraction φ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Contact pair distribution g(σ+) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Hard-sphere packing fraction φ (dimensionless) 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 Change in Contact pair distribution g(σ+) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.36, 1.619)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.36, Δq = 1.61893. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.09.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (2.88086)−(1.26192) = 1.61893. The magnitude of the response change is 1.61893; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Contact-value evaluation of the PY approximation; the analytical OZ/PY solution is taken as the starting result. Thermodynamic routes are not identical. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Hypernetted-chain (HNC) closure · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take the zero-density limit of an equilibrium soft Gaussian-core fluid with beta epsilon=1. Find its pair distribution. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Separation r / σ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Pair distribution g(r) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.6 with condition B at x = 2.4. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

βu(r)=e−(r/σ)2,g(r)=exp⁡[−e−(r/σ)2]\beta u(r)=e^{-(r/\sigma)^2},\quad g(r)=\exp[-e^{-(r/\sigma)^2}]a=0.6,b=2.4a=0.6,\quad b=2.4q(a)=0.497741,q(b)=0.996854q(a)=0.497741,\quad q(b)=0.996854Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.996854−(0.497741)=0.499113\Delta q(b)=0.996854-\left(0.497741\right)=0.499113

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.497741, and at B to obtain 0.996854. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.499113. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Hypernetted-chain (HNC) closure: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Separation r / σ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Pair distribution g(r) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 Separation r / σ (dimensionless) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Change in Pair distribution g(r) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.4, 0.4991)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.4, Δq = 0.499113. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.6.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.996854)−(0.497741) = 0.499113. The magnitude of the response change is 0.499113; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact dilute two-particle limit for this specified potential; at finite liquid density, solve the coupled HNC/OZ equations instead. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Carnahan-Starling hard-sphere equation of state · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For a monodisperse hard-sphere fluid, compute pressure relative to ideal-gas pressure from packing fraction using Carnahan-Starling. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Hard-sphere packing fraction φ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Compressibility factor Z = p / (ρkBT) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.09 with condition B at x = 0.36. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

Z(ϕ)=1+ϕ+ϕ2−ϕ3(1−ϕ)3Z(\phi)=\frac{1+\phi+\phi^2-\phi^3}{(1-\phi)^3}a=0.09,b=0.36a=0.09,\quad b=0.36q(a)=1.45623,q(b)=5.50439q(a)=1.45623,\quad q(b)=5.50439Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=5.50439−(1.45623)=4.04817\Delta q(b)=5.50439-\left(1.45623\right)=4.04817

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 1.45623, and at B to obtain 5.50439. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 4.04817. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Carnahan-Starling hard-sphere equation of state: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Hard-sphere packing fraction φ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Compressibility factor Z = p / (ρkBT) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 Hard-sphere packing fraction φ (dimensionless) 0 1 2 3 4 Change in Compressibility factor Z = p / (ρkBT) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.36, 4.048)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.36, Δq = 4.04817. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.09.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (5.50439)−(1.45623) = 4.04817. The magnitude of the response change is 4.04817; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Constitutive evaluation of the approximate fluid EOS; no attractive forces, mixture effects, or solid phase are included. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Stokes-Einstein diffusion relation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take T=298 K and solvent viscosity eta=0.001 Pa s. Estimate D for dilute no-slip spherical probes with radii between 10 and 200 nm. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Hydrodynamic radius R (nm)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Translational diffusivity D (m²/s)). Compare condition A at x = 48 with condition B at x = 162. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

D(R)=(1.380649×10−23)(298)6π(10−3)(R×10−9)  m2 s−1D(R)=\frac{(1.380649\times10^{-23})(298)}{6\pi(10^{-3})(R\times10^{-9})}\;\mathrm{m^2\,s^{-1}}a=48,b=162a=48,\quad b=162q(a)=4.54734×10−12,q(b)=1.34736×10−12q(a)=4.54734\times10^{-12},\quad q(b)=1.34736\times10^{-12}Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.34736×10−12−(4.54734×10−12)=−3.19998×10−12\Delta q(b)=1.34736\times10^{-12}-\left(4.54734\times10^{-12}\right)=-3.19998\times10^{-12}

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 4.54734e-12, and at B to obtain 1.34736e-12. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -3.19998e-12. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Stokes-Einstein diffusion relation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Hydrodynamic radius R (nm). Vertical axis: Change in Translational diffusivity D (m²/s). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 60 80 100 120 140 160 Hydrodynamic radius R (nm) −3.5 −3.0 −2.5 −2.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 Change in Translational diffusivity D (m²/s) 1e−12 Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (162, -3.2e-12)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 162, Δq = -3.19998e-12. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 48.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.34736e-12)−(4.54734e-12) = -3.19998e-12. The magnitude of the response change is 3.19998e-12; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Chosen constant solvent viscosity, not a measured water-property curve. Continuum, no-slip, dilute-sphere assumptions apply. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Green-Kubo viscosity relation · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Assume the equilibrium intensive shear-pressure autocorrelation C(t)=C0 exp(−t/τ), with C0>0. Calculate the running Green-Kubo viscosity integral. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Integration time t / τ (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Running viscosity η(t) / η∞ (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 1.2 with condition B at x = 4.8. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

C(t)=C0e−t/τ,η(t)η∞=1−e−t/τ,η∞=VC0τkBTC(t)=C_0e^{-t/\tau},\quad\frac{\eta(t)}{\eta_\infty}=1-e^{-t/\tau},\quad\eta_\infty=\frac{VC_0\tau}{k_{\mathrm B}T}a=1.2,b=4.8a=1.2,\quad b=4.8q(a)=0.698806,q(b)=0.99177q(a)=0.698806,\quad q(b)=0.99177Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.99177−(0.698806)=0.292964\Delta q(b)=0.99177-\left(0.698806\right)=0.292964

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.698806, and at B to obtain 0.99177. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.292964. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Green-Kubo viscosity relation: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Integration time t / τ (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Running viscosity η(t) / η∞ (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 Integration time t / τ (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 Change in Running viscosity η(t) / η∞ (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (4.8, 0.293)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 4.8, Δq = 0.292964. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 1.2.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.99177)−(0.698806) = 0.292964. The magnitude of the response change is 0.292964; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Analytical exponential-correlation benchmark; real liquid stress correlations may oscillate or have long tails. This is not a molecular-dynamics measurement. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Einstein crystal heat-capacity model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. For 3N identical oscillators, calculate the normalized heat capacity versus temperature. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Temperature T / ΘE (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Heat capacity CV / (3NkB) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.48 with condition B at x = 1.62. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

θ=T/ΘE,CV3NkB=θ−2e−1/θ(1−e−1/θ)2\theta=T/\Theta_{\mathrm E},\quad\frac{C_V}{3Nk_{\mathrm B}}=\frac{\theta^{-2}e^{-1/\theta}}{(1-e^{-1/\theta})^2}a=0.48,b=1.62a=0.48,\quad b=1.62q(a)=0.705082,q(b)=0.968843q(a)=0.705082,\quad q(b)=0.968843Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.968843−(0.705082)=0.263761\Delta q(b)=0.968843-\left(0.705082\right)=0.263761

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.705082, and at B to obtain 0.968843. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.263761. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Einstein crystal heat-capacity model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Temperature T / ΘE (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Heat capacity CV / (3NkB) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Temperature T / ΘE (dimensionless) 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 Change in Heat capacity CV / (3NkB) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (1.62, 0.2638)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 1.62, Δq = 0.263761. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.48.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.968843)−(0.705082) = 0.263761. The magnitude of the response change is 0.263761; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact evaluation within the single-frequency harmonic Einstein model; the acoustic low-temperature cubic law is absent. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Debye phonon model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. In the regime T much smaller than ThetaD, estimate lattice heat capacity using the leading Debye asymptote. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Temperature T / ΘD (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Lattice heat capacity CV / (NkB) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.014 with condition B at x = 0.041. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

CVNkB≃12π45(TΘD)3\frac{C_V}{Nk_{\mathrm B}}\simeq\frac{12\pi^4}{5}\left(\frac{T}{\Theta_{\mathrm D}}\right)^3a=0.014,b=0.041a=0.014,\quad b=0.041q(a)=0.000641497,q(b)=0.0161125q(a)=0.000641497,\quad q(b)=0.0161125Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.0161125−(0.000641497)=0.015471\Delta q(b)=0.0161125-\left(0.000641497\right)=0.015471

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.000641497, and at B to obtain 0.0161125. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.015471. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Debye phonon model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Temperature T / ΘD (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Lattice heat capacity CV / (NkB) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.035 0.040 Temperature T / ΘD (dimensionless) 0.0000 0.0025 0.0050 0.0075 0.0100 0.0125 0.0150 Change in Lattice heat capacity CV / (NkB) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.041, 0.01547)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.041, Δq = 0.015471. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.014.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.0161125)−(0.000641497) = 0.015471. The magnitude of the response change is 0.015471; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Low-temperature analytical asymptote only; the plotted range stops at T/ThetaD=0.05. Use the finite-cutoff integral outside this regime. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Sommerfeld free-electron model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Find the leading electronic heat capacity of a three-dimensional free-electron gas at fixed electron number and low temperature. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Temperature T / TF (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Electronic heat capacity Ce / (NkB) (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.0108 with condition B at x = 0.0402. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

CeNkB≃π22TTF\frac{C_e}{Nk_{\mathrm B}}\simeq\frac{\pi^2}{2}\frac{T}{T_{\mathrm F}}a=0.0108,b=0.0402a=0.0108,\quad b=0.0402q(a)=0.0532959,q(b)=0.198379q(a)=0.0532959,\quad q(b)=0.198379Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.198379−(0.0532959)=0.145083\Delta q(b)=0.198379-\left(0.0532959\right)=0.145083

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.0532959, and at B to obtain 0.198379. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.145083. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Sommerfeld free-electron model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Temperature T / TF (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Electronic heat capacity Ce / (NkB) (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.035 0.040 Temperature T / TF (dimensionless) 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 Change in Electronic heat capacity Ce / (NkB) (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.0402, 0.1451)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.0402, Δq = 0.145083. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.0108.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.198379)−(0.0532959) = 0.145083. The magnitude of the response change is 0.145083; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Leading low-temperature contribution of ideal electrons only; excludes lattice heat capacity, band corrections, interactions, and superconductivity. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Tight-binding electronic model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Use a one-dimensional chain with one orbital per site and positive nearest-neighbor hopping t. Find its band over half the Brillouin zone. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Crystal wavevector ka (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Band energy (E − ε0) / t (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.628319 with condition B at x = 2.51327. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

E(k)−ϵ0t=−2cos⁡(ka)\frac{E(k)-\epsilon_0}{t}=-2\cos(ka)a=0.628319,b=2.51327a=0.628319,\quad b=2.51327q(a)=−1.61803,q(b)=1.61803q(a)=-1.61803,\quad q(b)=1.61803Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=1.61803−(−1.61803)=3.23607\Delta q(b)=1.61803-\left(-1.61803\right)=3.23607

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain -1.61803, and at B to obtain 1.61803. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 3.23607. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Tight-binding electronic model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Crystal wavevector ka (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Band energy (E − ε0) / t (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 Crystal wavevector ka (radian) 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 Change in Band energy (E − ε0) / t (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.513, 3.236)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.51327, Δq = 3.23607. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.628319.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (1.61803)−(-1.61803) = 3.23607. The magnitude of the response change is 3.23607; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-orbital, orthonormal, noninteracting chain. The other half-zone follows by inversion symmetry; real semiconductor bands generally need multiple orbitals. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Nearly-free-electron model · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Let ER=hbar²(G/2)²/(2m) and a real lattice Fourier coupling VG=0.1 ER. Calculate the lower branch near k=G/2. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Offset q = 2k/G − 1 (dimensionless)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Lower band energy E− / ER (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.06 with condition B at x = 0.24. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

HER=((1+q)20.10.1(q−1)2),E−ER=1+q2−4q2+0.01\frac{H}{E_R}=\begin{pmatrix}(1+q)^2&0.1\\0.1&(q-1)^2\end{pmatrix},\quad\frac{E_-}{E_R}=1+q^2-\sqrt{4q^2+0.01}a=0.06,b=0.24a=0.06,\quad b=0.24q(a)=0.847395,q(b)=0.567294q(a)=0.847395,\quad q(b)=0.567294Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.567294−(0.847395)=−0.280101\Delta q(b)=0.567294-\left(0.847395\right)=-0.280101

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.847395, and at B to obtain 0.567294. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is -0.280101. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Nearly-free-electron model: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Offset q = 2k/G − 1 (dimensionless). Vertical axis: Change in Lower band energy E− / ER (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 0.175 0.200 0.225 Offset q = 2k/G − 1 (dimensionless) −0.30 −0.25 −0.20 −0.15 −0.10 −0.05 0.00 Change in Lower band energy E− / ER (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (0.24, -0.2801)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 0.24, Δq = -0.280101. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.06.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.567294)−(0.847395) = -0.280101. The magnitude of the response change is 0.280101; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. Exact two-state diagonalization, approximate nearly-free-electron physics. Only the lower branch on one side of the Bragg plane is plotted; remote plane waves are omitted. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description

Harmonic lattice dynamics · Example 2

Two-condition response comparison

Problem & parameters. Take identical masses m separated by a, joined by nearest-neighbor springs K. Find the normal-mode dispersion over half the Brillouin zone. For this calculation, x denotes the plotted horizontal coordinate (Phonon wavevector qa (radian)), and q(x) denotes the plotted response (Frequency ω / [2√(K/m)] (dimensionless)). Compare condition A at x = 0.628319 with condition B at x = 2.51327. Find the signed response change q(B)−q(A).

ω(q)2K/m=sin⁡qa2(0≤qa≤π)\frac{\omega(q)}{2\sqrt{K/m}}=\sin\frac{qa}{2}\quad(0\le qa\le\pi)a=0.628319,b=2.51327a=0.628319,\quad b=2.51327q(a)=0.309017,q(b)=0.951057q(a)=0.309017,\quad q(b)=0.951057Δq(x)=q(x)−q(a)\Delta q(x)=q(x)-q(a)Δq(b)=0.951057−(0.309017)=0.64204\Delta q(b)=0.951057-\left(0.309017\right)=0.64204

Solution. Evaluate the original analytical expression at A to obtain 0.309017, and at B to obtain 0.951057. Subtract the starting value from the ending value: the signed change is 0.64204. The graph subtracts q(A) from every response, so its starting value is zero.

Harmonic lattice dynamics: Two-condition response comparison. Horizontal axis: Phonon wavevector qa (radian). Vertical axis: Change in Frequency ω / [2√(K/m)] (dimensionless). image/svg+xml IICSM analytical illustration / Matplotlib 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 Phonon wavevector qa (radian) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Change in Frequency ω / [2√(K/m)] (dimensionless) Two-condition response comparison Exact response change from condition A Worked point: (2.513, 0.642)
The orange endpoint marks the calculated change at B: x = 2.51327, Δq = 0.64204. The zero reference is the response at A, x = 0.628319.

Worked evaluation. At condition B, q(B)−q(A) = (0.951057)−(0.309017) = 0.64204. The magnitude of the response change is 0.64204; its sign gives the direction relative to condition A.

Scope. One-dimensional harmonic monatomic chain; no optical branch, anharmonic scattering, or measured material parameters. The physical assumptions, coefficients, and normalization from Example 1 remain fixed; only the stated horizontal coordinate changes. A signed difference is reported; it is not automatically a time rate, a relative percentage, or a change of physical parameters.

Use the model entry’s references and assumptions for the full formulation. This curve is an analytical illustration, not measured product data.

← Back to model description